Copyright © 2010-2015 Linux Foundation
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 2.0 UK: England & Wales as published by Creative Commons.
This version of the Yocto Project Reference Manual is for the 1.6.3 release of the Yocto Project. To be sure you have the latest version of the manual for this release, go to the Yocto Project documentation page and select the manual from that site. Manuals from the site are more up-to-date than manuals derived from the Yocto Project released TAR files.
If you located this manual through a web search, the version of the manual might not be the one you want (e.g. the search might have returned a manual much older than the Yocto Project version with which you are working). You can see all Yocto Project major releases by visiting the Releases page. If you need a version of this manual for a different Yocto Project release, visit the Yocto Project documentation page and select the manual set by using the "ACTIVE RELEASES DOCUMENTATION" or "DOCUMENTS ARCHIVE" pull-down menus.
To report any inaccuracies or problems with this
manual, send an email to the Yocto Project
discussion group at
yocto@yoctoproject.com
or log into
the freenode #yocto
channel.
Revision History | |
---|---|
Revision 4.0+git | 24 November 2010 |
Released with the Yocto Project 0.9 Release | |
Revision 1.0 | 6 April 2011 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.0 Release. | |
Revision 1.0.1 | 23 May 2011 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.0.1 Release. | |
Revision 1.1 | 6 October 2011 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.1 Release. | |
Revision 1.2 | April 2012 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.2 Release. | |
Revision 1.3 | October 2012 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.3 Release. | |
Revision 1.4 | April 2013 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.4 Release. | |
Revision 1.5 | October 2013 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.5 Release. | |
Revision 1.5.1 | January 2014 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.5.1 Release. | |
Revision 1.6 | April 2014 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.6 Release. | |
Revision 1.6.1 | July 2014 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.6.1 Release. | |
Revision 1.6.2 | November 2014 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.6.2 Release. | |
Revision 1.6.3 | May 2015 |
Released with the Yocto Project 1.6.3 Release. |
Table of Contents
atom-pc
Board Support Package (BSP)SRCREV
ValuesIMAGE_FEATURES
/run
udev
archiver
Classqemu-native
core-image-basic
CFLAGS
Optionsupdate-alternative
Providervirtclass
Overridesbuild/
build/buildhistory
build/conf/local.conf
build/conf/bblayers.conf
build/conf/sanity_info
build/downloads/
build/sstate-cache/
build/tmp/
build/tmp/buildstats/
build/tmp/cache/
build/tmp/deploy/
build/tmp/deploy/deb/
build/tmp/deploy/rpm/
build/tmp/deploy/ipk/
build/tmp/deploy/licenses/
build/tmp/deploy/images/
build/tmp/deploy/sdk/
build/tmp/sstate-control/
build/tmp/sysroots/
build/tmp/stamps/
build/tmp/log/
build/tmp/work/
build/tmp/work-shared/
meta/
meta/classes/
meta/conf/
meta/conf/machine/
meta/conf/distro/
meta/conf/machine-sdk/
meta/files/
meta/lib/
meta/recipes-bsp/
meta/recipes-connectivity/
meta/recipes-core/
meta/recipes-devtools/
meta/recipes-extended/
meta/recipes-gnome/
meta/recipes-graphics/
meta/recipes-kernel/
meta/recipes-lsb4/
meta/recipes-multimedia/
meta/recipes-qt/
meta/recipes-rt/
meta/recipes-sato/
meta/recipes-support/
meta/site/
meta/recipes.txt
allarch.bbclass
archiver.bbclass
autotools.bbclass
autotools-brokensep.bbclass
base.bbclass
bin_package.bbclass
binconfig.bbclass
blacklist.bbclass
boot-directdisk.bbclass
bootimg.bbclass
bugzilla.bbclass
buildhistory.bbclass
buildstats.bbclass
ccache.bbclass
chrpath.bbclass
clutter.bbclass
cmake.bbclass
cml1.bbclass
copyleft_compliance.bbclass
core-image.bbclass
cpan.bbclass
cross.bbclass
cross-canadian.bbclass
crosssdk.bbclass
debian.bbclass
deploy.bbclass
devshell.bbclass
distro_features_check.bbclass
distrodata.bbclass
distutils.bbclass
distutils3.bbclass
externalsrc.bbclass
extrausers.bbclass
fontcache.bbclass
gconf.bbclass
gettext.bbclass
gnome.bbclass
gnomebase.bbclass
grub-efi.bbclass
gsettings.bbclass
gtk-doc.bbclass
gtk-icon-cache.bbclass
gtk-immodules-cache.bbclass
gzipnative.bbclass
icecc.bbclass
image.bbclass
image_types.bbclass
image_types_uboot.bbclass
image-live.bbclass
image-mklibs.bbclass
image-prelink.bbclass
image-swab.bbclass
image-vmdk.bbclass
insane.bbclass
insserv.bbclass
kernel.bbclass
kernel-arch.bbclass
kernel-module-split.bbclass
kernel-yocto.bbclass
lib_package.bbclass
license.bbclass
linux-kernel-base.bbclass
logging.bbclass
meta.bbclass
metadata_scm.bbclass
mime.bbclass
mirrors.bbclass
module.bbclass
module-base.bbclass
multilib*.bbclass
native.bbclass
nativesdk.bbclass
oelint.bbclass
own-mirrors.bbclass
package.bbclass
package_deb.bbclass
package_ipk.bbclass
package_rpm.bbclass
package_tar.bbclass
packagedata.bbclass
packagegroup.bbclass
packageinfo.bbclass
patch.bbclass
perlnative.bbclass
pixbufcache.bbclass
pkgconfig.bbclass
populate_sdk.bbclass
populate_sdk_*.bbclass
prexport.bbclass
primport.bbclass
prserv.bbclass
ptest.bbclass
python-dir.bbclass
pythonnative.bbclass
qemu.bbclass
qmake*.bbclass
qt4*.bbclass
relocatable.bbclass
report-error.bbclass
rm_work.bbclass
rootfs*.bbclass
sanity.bbclass
scons.bbclass
sdl.bbclass
setuptools.bbclass
setuptools3.bbclass
sip.bbclass
siteconfig.bbclass
siteinfo.bbclass
spdx.bbclass
sstate.bbclass
staging.bbclass
syslinux.bbclass
systemd.bbclass
terminal.bbclass
testimage.bbclass
tinderclient.bbclass
toaster.bbclass
toolchain-scripts.bbclass
typecheck.bbclass
uboot-config.bbclass
update-alternatives.bbclass
update-rc.d.bbclass
useradd.bbclass
useradd-staticids.bbclass
utility-tasks.bbclass
utils.bbclass
vala.bbclass
waf.bbclass
Table of Contents
This manual provides reference information for the current release of the Yocto Project. The Yocto Project is an open-source collaboration project focused on embedded Linux developers. Amongst other things, the Yocto Project uses the OpenEmbedded build system, which is based on the Poky project, to construct complete Linux images. You can find complete introductory and getting started information on the Yocto Project by reading the Yocto Project Quick Start. For task-based information using the Yocto Project, see the Yocto Project Development Manual and the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. For Board Support Package (BSP) structure information, see the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide. You can find information on tracing and profiling in the Yocto Project Profiling and Tracing Manual. For information on BitBake, which is the task execution tool the OpenEmbedded build system is based on, see the BitBake User Manual. Finally, you can also find lots of Yocto Project information on the Yocto Project website.
This reference manual consists of the following:
Using the Yocto Project: Provides an overview of the components that make up the Yocto Project followed by information about debugging images created in the Yocto Project.
A Closer Look at the Yocto Project Development Environment: Provides a more detailed look at the Yocto Project development environment within the context of development.
Technical Details: Describes fundamental Yocto Project components as well as an explanation behind how the Yocto Project uses shared state (sstate) cache to speed build time.
Migrating to a Newer Yocto Project Release: Describes release-specific information that helps you move from one Yocto Project Release to another.
Directory Structure: Describes the Source Directory created either by unpacking a released Yocto Project tarball on your host development system, or by cloning the upstream Poky Git repository.
Classes: Describes the classes used in the Yocto Project.
Images: Describes the standard images that the Yocto Project supports.
Features: Describes mechanisms for creating distribution, machine, and image features during the build process using the OpenEmbedded build system.
Variables Glossary: Presents most variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system, which uses BitBake. Entries describe the function of the variable and how to apply them.
Variable Context: Provides variable locality or context.
FAQ: Provides answers for commonly asked questions in the Yocto Project development environment.
Contributing to the Yocto Project: Provides guidance on how you can contribute back to the Yocto Project.
For general Yocto Project system requirements, see the "What You Need and How You Get It" section in the Yocto Project Quick Start. The remainder of this section provides details on system requirements not covered in the Yocto Project Quick Start.
Currently, the Yocto Project is supported on the following distributions:
Yocto Project releases are tested against the stable Linux distributions in the following list. The Yocto Project should work on other distributions but validation is not performed against them.
In particular, the Yocto Project does not support and currently has no plans to support rolling-releases or development distributions due to their constantly changing nature. We welcome patches and bug reports, but keep in mind that our priority is on the supported platforms listed below.
If you encounter problems, please go to Yocto Project Bugzilla and submit a bug. We are interested in hearing about your experience.
Ubuntu 12.04 (LTS)
Ubuntu 13.10
Ubuntu 14.04 (LTS)
Fedora release 19 (Schrödinger's Cat)
Fedora release 20 (Heisenbug)
CentOS release 6.4
CentOS release 6.5
Debian GNU/Linux 7.0 (Wheezy)
Debian GNU/Linux 7.1 (Wheezy)
Debian GNU/Linux 7.2 (Wheezy)
Debian GNU/Linux 7.3 (Wheezy)
Debian GNU/Linux 7.4 (Wheezy)
openSUSE 12.2
openSUSE 12.3
openSUSE 13.1
The list of packages you need on the host development system can be large when covering all build scenarios using the Yocto Project. This section provides required packages according to Linux distribution and function.
The following list shows the required packages by function given a supported Ubuntu or Debian Linux distribution:
Essentials: Packages needed to build an image on a headless system:
$ sudo apt-get install gawk wget git-core diffstat unzip texinfo gcc-multilib \ build-essential chrpath
Graphical and Eclipse Plug-In Extras: Packages recommended if the host system has graphics support or if you are going to use the Eclipse IDE:
$ sudo apt-get install libsdl1.2-dev xterm
Documentation: Packages needed if you are going to build out the Yocto Project documentation manuals:
$ sudo apt-get install make xsltproc docbook-utils fop dblatex xmlto
ADT Installer Extras: Packages needed if you are going to be using the Application Development Toolkit (ADT) Installer:
$ sudo apt-get install autoconf automake libtool libglib2.0-dev
The following list shows the required packages by function given a supported Fedora Linux distribution:
Essentials: Packages needed to build an image for a headless system:
$ sudo yum install gawk make wget tar bzip2 gzip python unzip perl patch \ diffutils diffstat git cpp gcc gcc-c++ glibc-devel texinfo chrpath \ ccache perl-Data-Dumper perl-Text-ParseWords perl-Thread-Queue
Graphical and Eclipse Plug-In Extras: Packages recommended if the host system has graphics support or if you are going to use the Eclipse IDE:
$ sudo yum install SDL-devel xterm perl-Thread-Queue
Documentation: Packages needed if you are going to build out the Yocto Project documentation manuals:
$ sudo yum install make docbook-style-dsssl docbook-style-xsl \ docbook-dtds docbook-utils fop libxslt dblatex xmlto
ADT Installer Extras: Packages needed if you are going to be using the Application Development Toolkit (ADT) Installer:
$ sudo yum install autoconf automake libtool glib2-devel
The following list shows the required packages by function given a supported openSUSE Linux distribution:
Essentials: Packages needed to build an image for a headless system:
$ sudo zypper install python gcc gcc-c++ git chrpath make wget python-xml \ diffstat texinfo python-curses patch
Graphical and Eclipse Plug-In Extras: Packages recommended if the host system has graphics support or if you are going to use the Eclipse IDE:
$ sudo zypper install libSDL-devel xterm
Documentation: Packages needed if you are going to build out the Yocto Project documentation manuals:
$ sudo zypper install make fop xsltproc dblatex xmlto
ADT Installer Extras: Packages needed if you are going to be using the Application Development Toolkit (ADT) Installer:
$ sudo zypper install autoconf automake libtool glib2-devel
The following list shows the required packages by function given a supported CentOS Linux distribution:
Essentials: Packages needed to build an image for a headless system:
$ sudo yum install gawk make wget tar bzip2 gzip python unzip perl patch \ diffutils diffstat git cpp gcc gcc-c++ glibc-devel texinfo chrpath
Graphical and Eclipse Plug-In Extras: Packages recommended if the host system has graphics support or if you are going to use the Eclipse IDE:
$ sudo yum install SDL-devel xterm
Documentation: Packages needed if you are going to build out the Yocto Project documentation manuals:
$ sudo yum install make docbook-style-dsssl docbook-style-xsl \ docbook-dtds docbook-utils fop libxslt dblatex xmlto
ADT Installer Extras: Packages needed if you are going to be using the Application Development Toolkit (ADT) Installer:
$ sudo yum install autoconf automake libtool glib2-devel
In order to use the build system, your host development system must meet the following version requirements for Git, tar, and Python:
Git 1.7.5 or greater
tar 1.24 or greater
Python 2.7.3 or greater not including Python 3.x, which is not supported.
If your host development system does not meet all these requirements,
you can resolve this by installing a buildtools
tarball that contains these tools.
You can get the tarball one of two ways: download a pre-built
tarball or use BitBake to build the tarball.
Downloading and running a pre-built buildtools installer is the easiest of the two methods by which you can get these tools:
Locate and download the *.sh
at
http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/releases/yocto/yocto-1.6.3/buildtools/.
Execute the installation script. Here is an example:
$ sh poky-eglibc-x86_64-buildtools-tarball-x86_64-buildtools-nativesdk-standalone-1.6.3.sh
During execution, a prompt appears that allows you to choose the installation directory. For example, you could choose the following:
/home/your-username/buildtools
Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the following:
$ source /home/your-username/buildtools/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux
Of course, you need to supply your installation directory and be sure to use the right file (i.e. i585 or x86-64).
After you have sourced the setup script,
the tools are added to PATH
and any other environment variables required to run the
tools are initialized.
The results are working versions versions of Git, tar,
Python and chrpath
.
Building and running your own buildtools installer applies
only when you have a build host that can already run BitBake.
In this case, you use that machine to build the
.sh
file and then
take steps to transfer and run it on a
machine that does not meet the minimal Git, tar, and Python
requirements.
Here are the steps to take to build and run your own buildtools installer:
On the machine that is able to run BitBake,
be sure you have set up your build environment with
the setup script
(oe-init-build-env
or
oe-init-build-env-memres
).
Run the BitBake command to build the tarball:
$ bitbake buildtools-tarball
SDKMACHINE
variable in your local.conf
file
determines whether you build tools for a 32-bit
or 64-bit system.
Once the build completes, you can find the
.sh
file that installs
the tools in the tmp/deploy/sdk
subdirectory of the
Build Directory.
The installer file has the string "buildtools"
in the name.
Transfer the .sh
file from the
build host to the machine that does not meet the
Git, tar, or Python requirements.
On the machine that does not meet the requirements,
run the .sh
file
to install the tools.
Here is an example:
$ sh poky-eglibc-x86_64-buildtools-tarball-x86_64-buildtools-nativesdk-standalone-1.6.3.sh
During execution, a prompt appears that allows you to choose the installation directory. For example, you could choose the following:
/home/your-username/buildtools
Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the following:
$ source /home/your-username/buildtools/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux
Of course, you need to supply your installation directory and be sure to use the right file (i.e. i585 or x86-64).
After you have sourced the setup script,
the tools are added to PATH
and any other environment variables required to run the
tools are initialized.
The results are working versions versions of Git, tar,
Python and chrpath
.
The Yocto Project development team makes the Yocto Project available through a number of methods:
Source Repositories:
Working from a copy of the upstream
poky
repository is the
preferred method for obtaining and using a Yocto Project
release.
You can view the Yocto Project Source Repositories at
http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit.cgi.
In particular, you can find the
poky
repository at
http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/.
Releases: Stable, tested releases are available as tarballs through http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/releases/yocto/.
Nightly Builds: These tarball releases are available at http://autobuilder.yoctoproject.org/nightly. These builds include Yocto Project releases, meta-toolchain tarball installation scripts, and experimental builds.
Yocto Project Website: You can find tarball releases of the Yocto Project and supported BSPs at the Yocto Project website. Along with these downloads, you can find lots of other information at this site.
Development using the Yocto Project requires a local Source Directory. You can set up the Source Directory by cloning a copy of the upstream poky Git repository. For information on how to do this, see the "Getting Set Up" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
Table of Contents
This chapter describes common usage for the Yocto Project. The information is introductory in nature as other manuals in the Yocto Project documentation set provide more details on how to use the Yocto Project.
This section provides a summary of the build process and provides information for less obvious aspects of the build process. For general information on how to build an image using the OpenEmbedded build system, see the "Building an Image" section of the Yocto Project Quick Start.
The first thing you need to do is set up the OpenEmbedded build
environment by sourcing an environment setup script
(i.e.
oe-init-build-env
or
oe-init-build-env-memres
).
Here is an example:
$ source oe-init-build-env [<build_dir>]
The build_dir
argument is optional and specifies the directory the
OpenEmbedded build system uses for the build -
the Build Directory.
If you do not specify a Build Directory, it defaults to a directory
named build
in your current working directory.
A common practice is to use a different Build Directory for different targets.
For example, ~/build/x86
for a qemux86
target, and ~/build/arm
for a qemuarm
target.
Once the build environment is set up, you can build a target using:
$ bitbake <target>
The target
is the name of the recipe you want to build.
Common targets are the images in meta/recipes-core/images
,
meta/recipes-sato/images
, etc. all found in the
Source Directory.
Or, the target can be the name of a recipe for a specific piece of software such as
BusyBox.
For more details about the images the OpenEmbedded build system supports, see the
"Images" chapter.
When building an image using GPL components, you need to maintain your original settings and not switch back and forth applying different versions of the GNU General Public License. If you rebuild using different versions of GPL, dependency errors might occur due to some components not being rebuilt.
Once an image has been built, it often needs to be installed.
The images and kernels built by the OpenEmbedded build system are placed in the
Build Directory in
tmp/deploy/images
.
For information on how to run pre-built images such as qemux86
and qemuarm
, see the
"Using Pre-Built Binaries and QEMU"
section in the Yocto Project Quick Start.
For information about how to install these images, see the documentation for your
particular board or machine.
The exact method for debugging build failures depends on the nature of the problem and on the system's area from which the bug originates. Standard debugging practices such as comparison against the last known working version with examination of the changes and the re-application of steps to identify the one causing the problem are valid for the Yocto Project just as they are for any other system. Even though it is impossible to detail every possible potential failure, this section provides some general tips to aid in debugging.
A useful feature for debugging is the error reporting tool. Configuring the Yocto Project to use this tool causes the OpenEmbedded build system to produce error reporting commands as part of the console output. You can enter the commands after the build completes to log error information into a common database, that can help you figure out what might be going wrong. For information on how to enable and use this feature, see the "Using the Error Reporting Tool" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
For discussions on debugging, see the "Debugging With the GNU Project Debugger (GDB) Remotely" and "Working within Eclipse" sections in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
bitbake
command.
You can learn about BitBake by reading the
BitBake User Manual.
The log file for shell tasks is available in
${WORKDIR}/temp/log.do_taskname.pid
.
For example, the compile
task for the QEMU minimal image for the x86
machine (qemux86
) might be
tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/temp/log.do_compile.20830
.
To see what
BitBake
runs to generate that log, look at the corresponding
run.do_taskname.pid
file located in the same directory.
Presently, the output from Python tasks is sent directly to the console.
Any given package consists of a set of tasks.
The standard BitBake behavior in most cases is: fetch
,
unpack
,
patch
, configure
,
compile
, install
, package
,
package_write
, and build
.
The default task is build
and any tasks on which it depends
build first.
Some tasks, such as devshell
, are not part of the
default build chain.
If you wish to run a task that is not part of the default build chain, you can use the
-c
option in BitBake.
Here is an example:
$ bitbake matchbox-desktop -c devshell
If you wish to rerun a task, use the -f
force
option.
For example, the following sequence forces recompilation after
changing files in the work directory.
$ bitbake matchbox-desktop . . [make some changes to the source code in the work directory] . . $ bitbake matchbox-desktop -c compile -f $ bitbake matchbox-desktop
This sequence first builds and then recompiles
matchbox-desktop
.
The last command reruns all tasks (basically the packaging tasks) after the compile.
BitBake recognizes that the compile
task was rerun and therefore
understands that the other tasks also need to be run again.
You can view a list of tasks in a given package by running the
listtasks
task as follows:
$ bitbake matchbox-desktop -c listtasks
The results appear as output to the console and are also in the
file ${WORKDIR}/temp/log.do_listtasks
.
Sometimes it can be hard to see why BitBake wants to build
other packages before building a given package you have specified.
The bitbake -g <targetname>
command
creates the pn-buildlist
,
pn-depends.dot
,
package-depends.dot
, and
task-depends.dot
files in the current
directory.
These files show what will be built and the package and task
dependencies, which are useful for debugging problems.
You can use the
bitbake -g -u depexp <targetname>
command to display the results in a more human-readable form.
You can see debug output from BitBake by using the -D
option.
The debug output gives more information about what BitBake
is doing and the reason behind it.
Each -D
option you use increases the logging level.
The most common usage is -DDD
.
The output from bitbake -DDD -v targetname
can reveal why
BitBake chose a certain version of a package or why BitBake
picked a certain provider.
This command could also help you in a situation where you think BitBake did something
unexpected.
Sometimes issues on the host development system can cause your build to fail. Following are known, host-specific problems. Be sure to always consult the Release Notes for a look at all release-related issues.
eglibc-initial
fails to build:
If your development host system has the unpatched
GNU Make 3.82
,
the do_install
task
fails for eglibc-initial
during the
build.
Typically, every distribution that ships
GNU Make 3.82
as
the default already has the patched version.
However, some distributions, such as Debian, have
GNU Make 3.82
as an option, which
is unpatched.
You will see this error on these types of distributions.
Switch to GNU Make 3.81
or patch
your make
to solve the problem.
To build a specific recipe (.bb
file),
you can use the following command form:
$ bitbake -b <somepath/somerecipe.bb>
This command form does not check for dependencies. Consequently, you should use it only when you know existing dependencies have been met.
You can use the -e
BitBake option to
display the parsing environment for a configuration.
The following displays the general parsing environment:
$ bitbake -e
This next example shows the parsing environment for a specific recipe:
$ bitbake -e <recipename>
Best practices exist while writing recipes that both log build progress and act on build conditions such as warnings and errors. Both Python and Bash language bindings exist for the logging mechanism:
Python: For Python functions, BitBake
supports several loglevels: bb.fatal
,
bb.error
, bb.warn
,
bb.note
, bb.plain
,
and bb.debug
.
Bash: For Bash functions, the same set
of loglevels exist and are accessed with a similar syntax:
bbfatal
, bberror
,
bbwarn
, bbnote
,
bbplain
, and bbdebug
.
For guidance on how logging is handled in both Python and Bash recipes, see the
logging.bbclass
file in the
meta/classes
folder of the
Source Directory.
When creating recipes using Python and inserting code that handles build logs, keep in mind the goal is to have informative logs while keeping the console as "silent" as possible. Also, if you want status messages in the log, use the "debug" loglevel.
Following is an example written in Python. The code handles logging for a function that determines the number of tasks needed to be run:
python do_listtasks() { bb.debug(2, "Starting to figure out the task list") if noteworthy_condition: bb.note("There are 47 tasks to run") bb.debug(2, "Got to point xyz") if warning_trigger: bb.warn("Detected warning_trigger, this might be a problem later.") if recoverable_error: bb.error("Hit recoverable_error, you really need to fix this!") if fatal_error: bb.fatal("fatal_error detected, unable to print the task list") bb.plain("The tasks present are abc") bb.debug(2, "Finished figuring out the tasklist") }
When creating recipes using Bash and inserting code that handles build logs, you have the same goals - informative with minimal console output. The syntax you use for recipes written in Bash is similar to that of recipes written in Python described in the previous section.
Following is an example written in Bash.
The code logs the progress of the do_my_function
function.
do_my_function() { bbdebug 2 "Running do_my_function" if [ exceptional_condition ]; then bbnote "Hit exceptional_condition" fi bbdebug 2 "Got to point xyz" if [ warning_trigger ]; then bbwarn "Detected warning_trigger, this might cause a problem later." fi if [ recoverable_error ]; then bberror "Hit recoverable_error, correcting" fi if [ fatal_error ]; then bbfatal "fatal_error detected" fi bbdebug 2 "Completed do_my_function" }
Here are some other tips that you might find useful:
When adding new packages, it is worth watching for
undesirable items making their way into compiler command lines.
For example, you do not want references to local system files like
/usr/lib/
or /usr/include/
.
If you want to remove the psplash
boot splashscreen,
add psplash=false
to the kernel command line.
Doing so prevents psplash
from loading
and thus allows you to see the console.
It is also possible to switch out of the splashscreen by
switching the virtual console (e.g. Fn+Left or Fn+Right on a Zaurus).
Many factors can influence the quality of a build. For example, if you upgrade a recipe to use a new version of an upstream software package or you experiment with some new configuration options, subtle changes can occur that you might not detect until later. Consider the case where your recipe is using a newer version of an upstream package. In this case, a new version of a piece of software might introduce an optional dependency on another library, which is auto-detected. If that library has already been built when the software is building, the software will link to the built library and that library will be pulled into your image along with the new software even if you did not want the library.
The
buildhistory
class exists to help you maintain
the quality of your build output.
You can use the class to highlight unexpected and possibly unwanted
changes in the build output.
When you enable build history, it records information about the contents of
each package and image and then commits that information to a local Git
repository where you can examine the information.
The remainder of this section describes the following:
How you can enable and disable build history
How to understand what the build history contains
How to limit the information used for build history
How to examine the build history from both a command-line and web interface
Build history is disabled by default.
To enable it, add the following INHERIT
statement and set the
BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT
variable to "1" at the end of your
conf/local.conf
file found in the
Build Directory:
INHERIT += "buildhistory" BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1"
Enabling build history as previously described causes the build process to collect build output information and commit it to a local Git repository.
You can disable build history by removing the previous statements
from your conf/local.conf
file.
Build history information is kept in
$
TOPDIR
/buildhistory
in the Build Directory as defined by the
BUILDHISTORY_DIR
variable.
The following is an example abbreviated listing:
At the top level, there is a metadata-revs
file
that lists the revisions of the repositories for the layers enabled
when the build was produced.
The rest of the data splits into separate
packages
, images
and
sdk
directories, the contents of which are
described below.
The history for each package contains a text file that has
name-value pairs with information about the package.
For example, buildhistory/packages/core2-poky-linux/busybox/busybox/latest
contains the following:
PV = 1.19.3 PR = r3 RDEPENDS = update-rc.d eglibc (>= 2.13) RRECOMMENDS = busybox-syslog busybox-udhcpc PKGSIZE = 564701 FILES = /usr/bin/* /usr/sbin/* /usr/libexec/* /usr/lib/lib*.so.* \ /etc /com /var /bin/* /sbin/* /lib/*.so.* /usr/share/busybox \ /usr/lib/busybox/* /usr/share/pixmaps /usr/share/applications \ /usr/share/idl /usr/share/omf /usr/share/sounds /usr/lib/bonobo/servers FILELIST = /etc/busybox.links /etc/init.d/hwclock.sh /bin/busybox /bin/sh
Most of these name-value pairs correspond to variables used
to produce the package.
The exceptions are FILELIST
, which is the
actual list of files in the package, and
PKGSIZE
, which is the total size of files
in the package in bytes.
There is also a file corresponding to the recipe from which the
package came (e.g.
buildhistory/packages/core2-poky-linux/busybox/latest
):
PV = 1.19.3 PR = r3 DEPENDS = virtual/i586-poky-linux-gcc virtual/i586-poky-linux-compilerlibs \ virtual/libc update-rc.d-native PACKAGES = busybox-httpd busybox-udhcpd busybox-udhcpc busybox-syslog \ busybox-mdev busybox-dbg busybox busybox-doc busybox-dev \ busybox-staticdev busybox-locale
Finally, for those recipes fetched from a version control
system (e.g., Git), a file exists that lists source revisions
that are specified in the recipe and lists the actual revisions
used during the build.
Listed and actual revisions might differ when
SRCREV
is set to
${AUTOREV}
.
Here is an example assuming
buildhistory/packages/emenlow-poky-linux/linux-yocto/latest_srcrev
):
# SRCREV_machine = "b5c37fe6e24eec194bb29d22fdd55d73bcc709bf" SRCREV_machine = "b5c37fe6e24eec194bb29d22fdd55d73bcc709bf" # SRCREV_emgd = "caea08c988e0f41103bbe18eafca20348f95da02" SRCREV_emgd = "caea08c988e0f41103bbe18eafca20348f95da02" # SRCREV_meta = "c2ed0f16fdec628242a682897d5d86df4547cf24" SRCREV_meta = "c2ed0f16fdec628242a682897d5d86df4547cf24"
You can use the buildhistory-collect-srcrevs
command to collect the stored SRCREV
values
from build history and report them in a format suitable for use in
global configuration (e.g., local.conf
or a distro include file) to override floating
AUTOREV
values to a fixed set of revisions.
Here is some example output from this command:
# emenlow-poky-linux SRCREV_machine_pn-linux-yocto = "b5c37fe6e24eec194bb29d22fdd55d73bcc709bf" SRCREV_emgd_pn-linux-yocto = "caea08c988e0f41103bbe18eafca20348f95da02" SRCREV_meta_pn-linux-yocto = "c2ed0f16fdec628242a682897d5d86df4547cf24" # core2-poky-linux SRCREV_pn-kmod = "62081c0f68905b22f375156d4532fd37fa5c8d33" SRCREV_pn-blktrace = "d6918c8832793b4205ed3bfede78c2f915c23385" SRCREV_pn-opkg = "649"
buildhistory-collect-srcrevs
command:
By default, only values where the
SRCREV
was
not hardcoded (usually when AUTOREV
was used) are reported.
Use the -a
option to see all
SRCREV
values.
The output statements might not have any effect
if overrides are applied elsewhere in the build system
configuration.
Use the -f
option to add the
forcevariable
override to each output line
if you need to work around this restriction.
The script does apply special handling when
building for multiple machines.
However, the script does place a
comment before each set of values that specifies
which triplet to which they belong as shown above
(e.g., emenlow-poky-linux
).
The files produced for each image are as follows:
image-files:
A directory containing selected files from the root
filesystem.
The files are defined by
BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES
.
build-id:
Human-readable information about the build configuration
and metadata source revisions.
*.dot:
Dependency graphs for the image that are
compatible with graphviz
.
files-in-image.txt:
A list of files in the image with permissions,
owner, group, size, and symlink information.
image-info.txt:
A text file containing name-value pairs with information
about the image.
See the following listing example for more information.
installed-package-names.txt:
A list of installed packages by name only.
installed-package-sizes.txt:
A list of installed packages ordered by size.
installed-packages.txt:
A list of installed packages with full package
filenames.
Here is an example of image-info.txt
:
DISTRO = poky DISTRO_VERSION = 1.1+snapshot-20120207 USER_CLASSES = image-mklibs image-prelink IMAGE_CLASSES = image_types IMAGE_FEATURES = debug-tweaks x11-base apps-x11-core \ package-management ssh-server-dropbear package-management IMAGE_LINGUAS = en-us en-gb IMAGE_INSTALL = task-core-boot task-base-extended BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND = buildhistory_get_image_installed ; rootfs_update_timestamp ; IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND = buildhistory_get_imageinfo ; IMAGESIZE = 171816
Other than IMAGESIZE
, which is the
total size of the files in the image in Kbytes, the
name-value pairs are variables that may have influenced the
content of the image.
This information is often useful when you are trying to determine
why a change in the package or file listings has occurred.
As you can see, build history produces image information,
including dependency graphs, so you can see why something
was pulled into the image.
If you are just interested in this information and not
interested in collecting specific package or SDK information,
you can enable writing only image information without
any history by adding the following to your
conf/local.conf
file found in the
Build Directory:
INHERIT += "buildhistory" BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "0" BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES = "image"
Here, you set the
BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES
variable to use the image feature only.
Build history collects similar information on the contents
of SDKs (e.g. meta-toolchain
or bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
)
as compared to information it collects for images.
The following list shows the files produced for each SDK:
files-in-sdk.txt:
A list of files in the SDK with permissions,
owner, group, size, and symlink information.
This list includes both the host and target parts
of the SDK.
sdk-info.txt:
A text file containing name-value pairs with information
about the SDK.
See the following listing example for more information.
The following information appears under
each of the host
and target
directories
for the portions of the SDK that run on the host and
on the target, respectively:
depends.dot:
Dependency graph for the SDK that is
compatible with graphviz
.
installed-package-names.txt:
A list of installed packages by name only.
installed-package-sizes.txt:
A list of installed packages ordered by size.
installed-packages.txt:
A list of installed packages with full package
filenames.
Here is an example of sdk-info.txt
:
DISTRO = poky DISTRO_VERSION = 1.3+snapshot-20130327 SDK_NAME = poky-eglibc-i686-arm SDK_VERSION = 1.3+snapshot SDKMACHINE = SDKIMAGE_FEATURES = dev-pkgs dbg-pkgs BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = SDKSIZE = 352712
Other than SDKSIZE
, which is the
total size of the files in the SDK in Kbytes, the
name-value pairs are variables that might have influenced the
content of the SDK.
This information is often useful when you are trying to
determine why a change in the package or file listings
has occurred.
You can examine build history output from the command line or from a web interface.
To see any changes that have occurred (assuming you have
BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1"
),
you can simply
use any Git command that allows you to view the history of
a repository.
Here is one method:
$ git log -p
You need to realize, however, that this method does show changes that are not significant (e.g. a package's size changing by a few bytes).
A command-line tool called buildhistory-diff
does exist, though, that queries the Git repository and prints just
the differences that might be significant in human-readable form.
Here is an example:
$ ~/poky/poky/scripts/buildhistory-diff . HEAD^ Changes to images/qemux86_64/eglibc/core-image-minimal (files-in-image.txt): /etc/anotherpkg.conf was added /sbin/anotherpkg was added * (installed-package-names.txt): * anotherpkg was added Changes to images/qemux86_64/eglibc/core-image-minimal (installed-package-names.txt): anotherpkg was added packages/qemux86_64-poky-linux/v86d: PACKAGES: added "v86d-extras" * PR changed from "r0" to "r1" * PV changed from "0.1.10" to "0.1.12" packages/qemux86_64-poky-linux/v86d/v86d: PKGSIZE changed from 110579 to 144381 (+30%) * PR changed from "r0" to "r1" * PV changed from "0.1.10" to "0.1.12"
To see changes to the build history using a web interface, follow
the instruction in the README
file here.
http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/buildhistory-web/.
Here is a sample screenshot of the interface:
Table of Contents
This chapter takes a more detailed look at the Yocto Project development environment. The following diagram represents the development environment at a high level. The remainder of this chapter expands on the fundamental input, output, process, and Metadata) blocks in the Yocto Project development environment.
The generalized Yocto Project Development Environment consists of several functional areas:
User Configuration: Metadata you can use to control the build process.
Metadata Layers: Various layers that provide software, machine, and distro Metadata.
Source Files: Upstream releases, local projects, and SCMs.
Build System: Processes under the control of BitBake. This block expands on how BitBake fetches source, applies patches, completes compilation, analyzes output for package generation, creates and tests packages, generates images, and generates cross-development tools.
Package Feeds: Directories containing output packages (RPM, DEB or IPK), which are subsequently used in the construction of an image or SDK, produced by the build system. These feeds can also be copied and shared using a web server or other means to facilitate extending or updating existing images on devices at runtime if runtime package management is enabled.
Images: Images produced by the development process.
Application Development SDK: Cross-development tools that are produced along with an image or separately with BitBake.
User configuration helps define the build. Through user configuration, you can tell BitBake the target architecture for which you are building the image, where to store downloaded source, and other build properties.
The following figure shows an expanded representation of the "User Configuration" box of the general Yocto Project Development Environment figure:
BitBake needs some basic configuration files in order to complete
a build.
These files are *.conf
files.
The minimally necessary ones reside as example files in the
Source Directory.
For simplicity, this section refers to the Source Directory as
the "Poky Directory."
When you clone the poky
Git repository or you
download and unpack a Yocto Project release, you can set up the
Source Directory to be named anything you want.
For this discussion, the cloned repository uses the default
name poky
.
The meta-yocto
layer inside Poky contains
a conf
directory that has example
configuration files.
These example files are used as a basis for creating actual
configuration files when you source the build environment
script
(i.e.
oe-init-build-env
or
oe-init-build-env-memres
).
Sourcing the build environment script creates a
Build Directory
if one does not already exist.
BitBake uses the Build Directory for all its work during builds.
The Build Directory has a conf
directory that
contains default versions of your local.conf
and bblayers.conf
configuration files.
These default configuration files are created only if versions
do not already exist in the Build Directory at the time you
source the build environment setup script.
Because the Poky repository is fundamentally an aggregation of
existing repositories, some users might be familiar with running
the oe-init-build-env
or
oe-init-build-env-memres
script in the context
of separate OpenEmbedded-Core and BitBake repositories rather than a
single Poky repository.
This discussion assumes the script is executed from within a cloned
or unpacked version of Poky.
Depending on where the script is sourced, different sub-scripts
are called to set up the Build Directory (Yocto or OpenEmbedded).
Specifically, the script
scripts/oe-setup-builddir
inside the
poky directory sets up the Build Directory and seeds the directory
(if necessary) with configuration files appropriate for the
Yocto Project development environment.
scripts/oe-setup-builddir
script
uses the $TEMPLATECONF
variable to
determine which sample configuration files to locate.
The local.conf
file provides many
basic variables that define a build environment.
Here is a list of a few.
To see the default configurations in a local.conf
file created by the build environment script, see the
local.conf.sample
in the
meta-yocto
layer:
Parallelism Options:
Controlled by the
BB_NUMBER_THREADS
and
PARALLEL_MAKE
variables.
Target Machine Selection:
Controlled by the
MACHINE
variable.
Download Directory:
Controlled by the
DL_DIR
variable.
Shared State Directory:
Controlled by the
SSTATE_DIR
variable.
Build Output:
Controlled by the
TMPDIR
variable.
conf/local.conf
file can also be set in the
conf/site.conf
and
conf/auto.conf
configuration files.
The bblayers.conf
file tells BitBake what
layers you want considered during the build.
By default, the layers listed in this file include layers
minimally needed by the build system.
However, you must manually add any custom layers you have created.
You can find more information on working with the
bblayers.conf
file in the
"Enabling Your Layer"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The files site.conf
and
auto.conf
are not created by the environment
initialization script.
If you want these configuration files, you must create them
yourself:
site.conf
:
You can use the conf/site.conf
configuration file to configure multiple build directories.
For example, suppose you had several build environments and
they shared some common features.
You can set these default build properties here.
A good example is perhaps the level of parallelism you want
to use through the
BB_NUMBER_THREADS
and
PARALLEL_MAKE
variables.
One useful scenario for using the
conf/site.conf
file is to extend your
BBPATH
variable to include the path to a
conf/site.conf
.
Then, when BitBake looks for Metadata using
BBPATH
, it finds the
conf/site.conf
file and applies your
common configurations found in the file.
To override configurations in a particular build directory,
alter the similar configurations within that build
directory's conf/local.conf
file.
auto.conf
:
This file is not hand-created.
Rather, the file is usually created and written to by
an autobuilder.
The settings put into the file are typically the same as
you would find in the conf/local.conf
or the conf/site.conf
files.
You can edit all configuration files to further define any particular build environment. This process is represented by the "User Configuration Edits" box in the figure.
When you launch your build with the
bitbake <target>
command, BitBake
sorts out the configurations to ultimately define your build
environment.
The previous section described the user configurations that define BitBake's global behavior. This section takes a closer look at the layers the build system uses to further control the build. These layers provide Metadata for the software, machine, and policy.
In general, three types of layer input exist:
Policy Configuration: Distribution Layers provide top-level or general policies for the image or SDK being built. For example, this layer would dictate whether BitBake produces RPM or IPK packages.
Machine Configuration: Board Support Package (BSP) layers provide machine configurations. This type of information is specific to a particular target architecture.
Metadata: Software layers contain user-supplied recipe files, patches, and append files.
The following figure shows an expanded representation of the Metadata, Machine Configuration, and Policy Configuration input (layers) boxes of the general Yocto Project Development Environment figure:
In general, all layers have a similar structure.
They all contain a licensing file
(e.g. COPYING
) if the layer is to be
distributed, a README
file as good practice
and especially if the layer is to be distributed, a
configuration directory, and recipe directories.
The Yocto Project has many layers that can be used. You can see a web-interface listing of them on the Source Repositories page. The layers are shown at the bottom categorized under "Yocto Metadata Layers." These layers are fundamentally a subset of the OpenEmbedded Metadata Index, which lists all layers provided by the OpenEmbedded community.
BitBake uses the conf/bblayers.conf
file,
which is part of the user configuration, to find what layers it
should be using as part of the build.
For more information on layers, see the "Understanding and Creating Layers" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The distribution layer provides policy configurations for your
distribution.
Best practices dictate that you isolate these types of
configurations into their own layer.
Settings you provide in
conf/distro/<distro>.conf
override
similar
settings that BitBake finds in your
conf/local.conf
file in the Build
Directory.
The following list provides some explanation and references for what you typically find in the distribution layer:
classes:
Class files (.bbclass
) hold
common functionality that can be shared among
recipes in the distribution.
When your recipes inherit a class, they take on the
settings and functions for that class.
You can read more about class files in the
"Classes" section.
conf:
This area holds configuration files for the
layer (conf/layer.conf
),
the distribution
(conf/distro/<distro>.conf
),
and any distribution-wide include files.
recipes-*: Recipes and append files that affect common functionality across the distribution. This area could include recipes and append files to add distribution-specific configuration, initialization scripts, custom image recipes, and so forth.
The BSP Layer provides machine configurations. Everything in this layer is specific to the machine for which you are building the image or the SDK. A common structure or form is defined for BSP layers. You can learn more about this structure in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide.
The BSP Layer's configuration directory contains
configuration files for the machine
(conf/machine/<machine>.conf
) and,
of course, the layer (conf/layer.conf
).
The remainder of the layer is dedicated to specific recipes
by function: recipes-bsp
,
recipes-core
,
recipes-graphics
, and
recipes-kernel
.
Metadata can exist for multiple formfactors, graphics
support systems, and so forth.
recipes-*
directories, not all these directories appear in all
BSP layers.
The software layer provides the Metadata for additional software packages used during the build. This layer does not include Metadata that is specific to the distribution or the machine, which are found in their respective layers.
This layer contains any new recipes that your project needs in the form of recipe files.
In order for the OpenEmbedded build system to create an image or any target, it must be able to access source files. The general Yocto Project Development Environment figure represents source files using the "Upstream Project Releases", "Local Projects", and "SCMs (optional)" boxes. The figure represents mirrors, which also play a role in locating source files, with the "Source Mirror(s)" box.
The method by which source files are ultimately organized is a function of the project. For example, for released software, projects tend to use tarballs or other archived files that can capture the state of a release guaranteeing that it is statically represented. On the other hand, for a project that is more dynamic or experimental in nature, a project might keep source files in a repository controlled by a Source Control Manager (SCM) such as Git. Pulling source from a repository allows you to control the point in the repository (the revision) from which you want to build software. Finally, a combination of the two might exist, which would give the consumer a choice when deciding where to get source files.
BitBake uses the
SRC_URI
variable to point to source files regardless of their location.
Each recipe must have a SRC_URI
variable
that points to the source.
Another area that plays a significant role in where source files
come from is pointed to by the
DL_DIR
variable.
This area is a cache that can hold previously downloaded source.
You can also instruct the OpenEmbedded build system to create
tarballs from Git repositories, which is not the default behavior,
and store them in the DL_DIR
by using the
BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS
variable.
Judicious use of a DL_DIR
directory can
save the build system a trip across the Internet when looking
for files.
A good method for using a download directory is to have
DL_DIR
point to an area outside of your
Build Directory.
Doing so allows you to safely delete the Build Directory
if needed without fear of removing any downloaded source file.
The remainder of this section provides a deeper look into the source files and the mirrors. Here is a more detailed look at the source file area of the base figure:
Upstream project releases exist anywhere in the form of an archived file (e.g. tarball or zip file). These files correspond to individual recipes. For example, the figure uses specific releases each for BusyBox, Qt, and Dbus. An archive file can be for any released product that can be built using a recipe.
Local projects are custom bits of software the user provides. These bits reside somewhere local to a project - perhaps a directory into which the user checks in items (e.g. a local directory containing a development source tree used by the group).
The canonical method through which to include a local project
is to use the
externalsrc
class to include that local project.
You use either the local.conf
or a
recipe's append file to override or set the
recipe to point to the local directory on your disk to pull
in the whole source tree.
For information on how to use the
externalsrc
class, see the
"externalsrc.bbclass
"
section.
Another place the build system can get source files from is
through an SCM such as Git or Subversion.
In this case, a repository is cloned or checked out.
The do_fetch
task inside BitBake uses
the SRC_URI
variable and the argument's prefix to determine the correct
fetcher module.
DL_DIR
directory, see the
BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS
variable.
When fetching a repository, BitBake uses the
SRCREV
variable to determine the specific revision from which to
build.
Two kinds of mirrors exist: pre-mirrors and regular mirrors.
The PREMIRRORS
and
MIRRORS
variables point to these, respectively.
BitBake checks pre-mirrors before looking upstream for any
source files.
Pre-mirrors are appropriate when you have a shared directory
that is not a directory defined by the
DL_DIR
variable.
A Pre-mirror typically points to a shared directory that is
local to your organization.
Regular mirrors can be any site across the Internet that is used as an alternative location for source code should the primary site not be functioning for some reason or another.
When the OpenEmbedded build system generates an image or an SDK, it gets the packages from a package feed area located in the Build Directory. The general Yocto Project Development Environment figure shows this package feeds area in the upper-right corner.
This section looks a little closer into the package feeds area used by the build system. Here is a more detailed look at the area:
Package feeds are an intermediary step in the build process.
BitBake generates packages whose types are defined by the
PACKAGE_CLASSES
variable.
Before placing the packages into package feeds,
the build process validates them with generated output quality
assurance checks through the
insane
class.
The package feed area resides in
tmp/deploy
of the Build Directory.
Folders are created that correspond to the package type
(IPK, DEB, or RPM) created.
Further organization is derived through the value of the
PACKAGE_ARCH
variable for each package.
For example, packages can exist for the i586 or qemux86
architectures.
The package files themselves reside within the appropriate
architecture folder.
BitBake uses the do_package_write_*
task to
place generated packages into the package holding area (e.g.
do_package_write_ipk
for IPK packages).
The OpenEmbedded build system uses BitBake to produce images. You can see from the general Yocto Project Development Environment figure, the BitBake area consists of several functional areas. This section takes a closer look at each of those areas.
Separate documentation exists for the BitBake tool. See the BitBake User Manual for reference material on BitBake.
The first stages of building a recipe are to fetch and unpack the source code:
The do_fetch
and
do_unpack
tasks fetch the source files
and unpack them into the work directory.
By default, everything is accomplished in the
Build Directory,
which has a defined structure.
For additional general information on the Build Directory,
see the
"build/
"
section.
Unpacked source files are pointed to by the
S
variable.
Each recipe has an area in the Build Directory where the
unpacked source code resides.
The name of that directory for any given recipe is defined from
several different variables.
You can see the variables that define these directories
by looking at the figure:
TMPDIR
-
The base directory where the OpenEmbedded build system
performs all its work during the build.
PACKAGE_ARCH
-
The architecture of the built package or packages.
TARGET_OS
-
The operating system of the target device.
PN
-
The name of the built package.
PV
-
The version of the recipe used to build the package.
PR
-
The revision of the recipe used to build the package.
WORKDIR
-
The location within TMPDIR
where
a specific package is built.
S
-
Contains the unpacked source files for a given recipe.
Once source code is fetched and unpacked, BitBake locates patch files and applies them to the source files:
The do_patch
task processes recipes by
using the
SRC_URI
variable to locate applicable patch files, which by default
are *.patch
or
*.diff
files, or any file if
"apply=yes" is specified for the file in
SRC_URI
.
BitBake finds and applies multiple patches for a single recipe
in the order in which it finds the patches.
Patches are applied to the recipe's source files located in the
S
directory.
For more information on how the source directories are created, see the "Source Fetching" section.
After source code is patched, BitBake executes tasks that configure and compile the source code:
This step in the build process consists of three tasks:
do_configure
:
This task configures the source by enabling and
disabling any build-time and configuration options for
the software being built.
Configurations can come from the recipe itself as well
as from an inherited class.
Additionally, the software itself might configure itself
depending on the target for which it is being built.
The configurations handled by the
do_configure
task are specific
to source code configuration for the source code
being built by the recipe.
If you are using the
autotools
class,
you can add additional configuration options by using
the EXTRA_OECONF
variable.
For information on how this variable works within
that class, see the
meta/classes/autotools.bbclass
file.
do_compile
:
Once a configuration task has been satisfied, BitBake
compiles the source using the
do_compile
task.
Compilation occurs in the directory pointed to by the
B
variable.
Realize that the B
directory is, by
default, the same as the
S
directory.
do_install
:
Once compilation is done, BitBake executes the
do_install
task.
This task copies files from the B
directory and places them in a holding area pointed to
by the
D
variable.
After source code is configured and compiled, the OpenEmbedded build system analyzes the results and splits the output into packages:
The do_package
and
do_packagedata
tasks combine to analyze
the files found in the
D
directory
and split them into subsets based on available packages and
files.
The analyzing process involves the following as well as other
items: splitting out debugging symbols,
looking at shared library dependencies between packages,
and looking at package relationships.
The do_packagedata
task creates package
metadata based on the analysis such that the
OpenEmbedded build system can generate the final packages.
Working, staged, and intermediate results of the analysis
and package splitting process use these areas:
PKGD
-
The destination directory for packages before they are
split.
PKGDATA_DIR
-
A shared, global-state directory that holds data
generated during the packaging process.
PKGDESTWORK
-
A temporary work area used by the
do_package
task.
PKGDEST
-
The parent directory for packages after they have
been split.
The FILES
variable defines the files that go into each package in
PACKAGES
.
If you want details on how this is accomplished, you can
look at the
package
class.
Depending on the type of packages being created (RPM, DEB, or
IPK), the do_package_write_*
task
creates the actual packages and places them in the
Package Feed area, which is
${TMPDIR}/deploy
.
You can see the
"Package Feeds"
section for more detail on that part of the build process.
deploy/*
directories does not exist.
Creating such feeds usually requires some kind of feed
maintenance mechanism that would upload the new packages
into an official package feed (e.g. the
Ångström distribution).
This functionality is highly distribution-specific
and thus is not provided out of the box.
Once packages are split and stored in the Package Feeds area, the OpenEmbedded build system uses BitBake to generate the root filesystem image:
The image generation process consists of several stages and
depends on many variables.
The do_rootfs
task uses these key variables
to help create the list of packages to actually install:
IMAGE_INSTALL
:
Lists out the base set of packages to install from
the Package Feeds area.
PACKAGE_EXCLUDE
:
Specifies packages that should not be installed.
IMAGE_FEATURES
:
Specifies features to include in the image.
Most of these features map to additional packages for
installation.
PACKAGE_CLASSES
:
Specifies the package backend to use and consequently
helps determine where to locate packages within the
Package Feeds area.
IMAGE_LINGUAS
:
Determines the language(s) for which additional
language support packages are installed.
Package installation is under control of the package manager (e.g. smart/rpm, opkg, or apt/dpkg) regardless of whether or not package management is enabled for the target. At the end of the process, if package management is not enabled for the target, the package manager's data files are deleted from the root filesystem.
During image generation, the build system attempts to run all post-installation scripts. Any that fail to run on the build host are run on the target when the target system is first booted. If you are using a read-only root filesystem, all the post installation scripts must succeed during the package installation phase since the root filesystem is read-only.
During Optimization, optimizing processes are run across
the image.
These processes include mklibs
and
prelink
.
The mklibs
process optimizes the size
of the libraries.
A prelink
process optimizes the dynamic
linking of shared libraries to reduce start up time of
executables.
Along with writing out the root filesystem image, the
do_rootfs
task creates a manifest file
(.manifest
) in the same directory as
the root filesystem image that lists out, line-by-line, the
installed packages.
This manifest file is useful for the
testimage
class, for example, to determine whether or not to run
specific tests.
See the
IMAGE_MANIFEST
variable for additional information.
Part of the image generation process includes compressing the root filesystem image. Compression is accomplished through several optimization routines designed to reduce the overall size of the image.
After the root filesystem has been constructed, the image
generation process turns everything into an image file or
a set of image files.
The formats used for the root filesystem depend on the
IMAGE_FSTYPES
variable.
The OpenEmbedded build system uses BitBake to generate the Software Development Kit (SDK) installer script:
do_populate_sdk
task, see the
"Optionally Building a Toolchain Installer"
section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.
Like image generation, the SDK script process consists of
several stages and depends on many variables.
The do_populate_sdk
task uses these
key variables to help create the list of packages to actually
install.
For information on the variables listed in the figure, see the
"Application Development SDK"
section.
The do_populate_sdk
task handles two
parts: a target part and a host part.
The target part is the part built for the target hardware and
includes libraries and headers.
The host part is the part of the SDK that runs on the
SDKMACHINE
.
Once both parts are constructed, the
do_populate_sdk
task performs some cleanup
on both parts.
After the cleanup, the task creates a cross-development
environment setup script and any configuration files that
might be needed.
The final output of the task is the Cross-development
toolchain installation script (.sh
file),
which includes the environment setup script.
The images produced by the OpenEmbedded build system are compressed forms of the root filesystem that are ready to boot on a target device. You can see from the general Yocto Project Development Environment figure that BitBake output, in part, consists of images. This section is going to look more closely at this output:
For a list of example images that the Yocto Project provides, see the "Images" chapter.
Images are written out to the
Build Directory
inside the tmp/deploy/images/<machine>/
folder as shown in the figure.
This folder contains any files expected to be loaded on the
target device.
The
DEPLOY_DIR
variable points to the deploy
directory,
while the
DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE
variable points to the appropriate directory containing images for
the current configuration.
<kernel-image>
:
A kernel binary file.
The KERNEL_IMAGETYPE
variable setting determines the naming scheme for the
kernel image file.
Depending on that variable, the file could begin with
a variety of naming strings.
The deploy/images/<machine>
directory can contain multiple image files for the
machine.
<root-filesystem-image>
:
Root filesystems for the target device (e.g.
*.ext3
or *.bz2
files).
The IMAGE_FSTYPES
variable setting determines the root filesystem image
type.
The deploy/images/<machine>
directory can contain multiple root filesystems for the
machine.
<kernel-modules>
:
Tarballs that contain all the modules built for the kernel.
Kernel module tarballs exist for legacy purposes and
can be suppressed by setting the
MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY
variable to "0".
The deploy/images/<machine>
directory can contain multiple kernel module tarballs
for the machine.
<bootloaders>
:
Bootloaders supporting the image, if applicable to the
target machine.
The deploy/images/<machine>
directory can contain multiple bootloaders for the
machine.
<symlinks>
:
The deploy/images/<machine>
folder contains
a symbolic link that points to the most recently built file
for each machine.
These links might be useful for external scripts that
need to obtain the latest version of each file.
In the general Yocto Project Development Environment figure, the output labeled "Application Development SDK" represents an SDK. This section is going to take a closer look at this output:
The specific form of this output is a self-extracting
SDK installer (*.sh
) that, when run,
installs the SDK, which consists of a cross-development
toolchain, a set of libraries and headers, and an SDK
environment setup script.
Running this installer essentially sets up your
cross-development environment.
You can think of the cross-toolchain as the "host"
part because it runs on the SDK machine.
You can think of the libraries and headers as the "target"
part because they are built for the target hardware.
The setup script is added so that you can initialize the
environment before using the tools.
The Yocto Project supports several methods by which you can set up this cross-development environment. These methods include downloading pre-built SDK installers, building and installing your own SDK installer, or running an Application Development Toolkit (ADT) installer to install not just cross-development toolchains but also additional tools to help in this type of development.
For background information on cross-development toolchains in the Yocto Project development environment, see the "Cross-Development Toolchain Generation" section. For information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the "Installing the ADT and Toolchains" section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.
Once built, the SDK installers are written out to the
deploy/sdk
folder inside the
Build Directory
as shown in the figure at the beginning of this section.
Several variables exist that help configure these files:
DEPLOY_DIR
:
Points to the deploy
directory.
SDKMACHINE
:
Specifies the architecture of the machine
on which the cross-development tools are run to
create packages for the target hardware.
SDKIMAGE_FEATURES
:
Lists the features to include in the "target" part
of the SDK.
TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK
:
Lists packages that make up the host
part of the SDK (i.e. the part that runs on
the SDKMACHINE
).
When you use
bitbake -c populate_sdk <imagename>
to create the SDK, a set of default packages
apply.
This variable allows you to add more packages.
TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK
:
Lists packages that make up the target part
of the SDK (i.e. the part built for the
target hardware).
SDKPATH
:
Defines the default SDK installation path offered by the
installation script.
Table of Contents
This chapter provides technical details for various parts of the Yocto Project. Currently, topics include Yocto Project components, cross-toolchain generation, shared state (sstate) cache, x32, Wayland support, and Licenses.
The BitBake task executor together with various types of configuration files form the OpenEmbedded Core. This section overviews these components by describing their use and how they interact.
BitBake handles the parsing and execution of the data files. The data itself is of various types:
Recipes: Provides details about particular pieces of software.
Class Data: Abstracts common build information (e.g. how to build a Linux kernel).
Configuration Data: Defines machine-specific settings, policy decisions, and so forth. Configuration data acts as the glue to bind everything together.
BitBake knows how to combine multiple data sources together and refers to each data source as a layer. For information on layers, see the "Understanding and Creating Layers" section of the Yocto Project Development Manual.
Following are some brief details on these core components. For additional information on how these components interact during a build, see the "A Closer Look at the Yocto Project Development Environment" Chapter.
BitBake is the tool at the heart of the OpenEmbedded build system and is responsible for parsing the Metadata, generating a list of tasks from it, and then executing those tasks.
This section briefly introduces BitBake. If you want more information on BitBake, see the BitBake User Manual.
To see a list of the options BitBake supports, use either of the following commands:
$ bitbake -h $ bitbake --help
The most common usage for BitBake is bitbake <packagename>
, where
packagename
is the name of the package you want to build
(referred to as the "target" in this manual).
The target often equates to the first part of a recipe's filename
(e.g. "foo" for a recipe named
foo_1.3.0-r0.bb
).
So, to process the matchbox-desktop_1.2.3.bb
recipe file, you
might type the following:
$ bitbake matchbox-desktop
Several different versions of matchbox-desktop
might exist.
BitBake chooses the one selected by the distribution configuration.
You can get more details about how BitBake chooses between different
target versions and providers in the
"Preferences and Providers"
section of the BitBake User Manual.
BitBake also tries to execute any dependent tasks first.
So for example, before building matchbox-desktop
, BitBake
would build a cross compiler and eglibc
if they had not already
been built.
glibc
GNU version of the Unix standard C library. By default, the OpenEmbedded build system
builds with eglibc
.
A useful BitBake option to consider is the -k
or
--continue
option.
This option instructs BitBake to try and continue processing the job
as long as possible even after encountering an error.
When an error occurs, the target that
failed and those that depend on it cannot be remade.
However, when you use this option other dependencies can still be
processed.
Files that have the .bb
suffix are "recipes"
files.
In general, a recipe contains information about a single piece of
software.
This information includes the location from which to download the
unaltered source, any source patches to be applied to that source
(if needed), which special configuration options to apply,
how to compile the source files, and how to package the compiled
output.
The term "package" is sometimes used to refer to recipes. However,
since the word "package" is used for the packaged output from the OpenEmbedded
build system (i.e. .ipk
or .deb
files),
this document avoids using the term "package" when referring to recipes.
Class files (.bbclass
) contain information that
is useful to share between
Metadata files.
An example is the
autotools
class, which contains common settings for any application that
Autotools uses.
The "Classes" chapter provides
details about classes and how to use them.
The configuration files (.conf
) define various configuration variables
that govern the OpenEmbedded build process.
These files fall into several areas that define machine configuration options,
distribution configuration options, compiler tuning options, general common configuration
options, and user configuration options in local.conf
, which is found
in the
Build Directory.
The Yocto Project does most of the work for you when it comes to creating cross-development toolchains. This section provides some technical background on how cross-development toolchains are created and used. For more information on toolchains, you can also see the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.
In the Yocto Project development environment, cross-development toolchains are used to build the image and applications that run on the target hardware. With just a few commands, the OpenEmbedded build system creates these necessary toolchains for you.
The following figure shows a high-level build environment regarding toolchain construction and use.
Most of the work occurs on the Build Host.
This is the machine used to build images and generally work within the
the Yocto Project environment.
When you run BitBake to create an image, the OpenEmbedded build system
uses the host gcc
compiler to bootstrap a
cross-compiler named gcc-cross
.
The gcc-cross
compiler is what BitBake uses to
compile source files when creating the target image.
You can think of gcc-cross
simply as an
automatically generated cross-compiler that is used internally within
BitBake only.
The chain of events that occurs when gcc-cross
is
bootstrapped is as follows:
gcc -> binutils-cross -> gcc-cross-initial -> linux-libc-headers -> eglibc-initial -> eglibc -> gcc-cross -> gcc-runtime
gcc
:
The build host's GNU Compiler Collection (GCC).
binutils-cross
:
The bare minimum binary utilities needed in order to run
the gcc-cross-initial
phase of the
bootstrap operation.
gcc-cross-initial
:
An early stage of the bootstrap process for creating
the cross-compiler.
This stage builds enough of the gcc-cross
,
the C library, and other pieces needed to finish building the
final cross-compiler in later stages.
This tool is a "native" package (i.e. it is designed to run on
the build host).
linux-libc-headers
:
Headers needed for the cross-compiler.
eglibc-initial
:
An initial version of the Embedded GLIBC needed to bootstrap
eglibc
.
gcc-cross
:
The final stage of the bootstrap process for the
cross-compiler.
This stage results in the actual cross-compiler that
BitBake uses when it builds an image for a targeted
device.
gcc-cross
.
This tool is also a "native" package (i.e. it is designed to run on the build host).
gcc-runtime
:
Runtime libraries resulting from the toolchain bootstrapping
process.
This tool produces a binary that consists of the
runtime libraries need for the targeted device.
You can use the OpenEmbedded build system to build an installer for
the relocatable SDK used to develop applications.
When you run the installer, it installs the toolchain, which contains
the development tools (e.g., the
gcc-cross-canadian
),
binutils-cross-canadian
, and other
nativesdk-*
tools you need to cross-compile and
test your software.
The figure shows the commands you use to easily build out this
toolchain.
This cross-development toolchain is built to execute on the
SDKMACHINE
,
which might or might not be the same
machine as the Build Host.
Here is the bootstrap process for the relocatable toolchain:
gcc -> binutils-crosssdk -> gcc-crosssdk-initial -> linux-libc-headers -> eglibc-initial -> nativesdk-eglibc -> gcc-crosssdk -> gcc-cross-canadian
gcc
:
The build host's GNU Compiler Collection (GCC).
binutils-crosssdk
:
The bare minimum binary utilities needed in order to run
the gcc-crosssdk-initial
phase of the
bootstrap operation.
gcc-crosssdk-initial
:
An early stage of the bootstrap process for creating
the cross-compiler.
This stage builds enough of the
gcc-crosssdk
and supporting pieces so that
the final stage of the bootstrap process can produce the
finished cross-compiler.
This tool is a "native" binary that runs on the build host.
linux-libc-headers
:
Headers needed for the cross-compiler.
eglibc-initial
:
An initial version of the Embedded GLIBC needed to bootstrap
nativesdk-eglibc
.
nativesdk-eglibc
:
The Embedded GLIBC needed to bootstrap the
gcc-crosssdk
.
gcc-crosssdk
:
The final stage of the bootstrap process for the
relocatable cross-compiler.
The gcc-crosssdk
is a transitory compiler
and never leaves the build host.
Its purpose is to help in the bootstrap process to create the
eventual relocatable gcc-cross-canadian
compiler, which is relocatable.
This tool is also a "native" package (i.e. it is
designed to run on the build host).
gcc-cross-canadian
:
The final relocatable cross-compiler.
When run on the
SDKMACHINE
,
this tool
produces executable code that runs on the target device.
Only one cross-canadian compiler is produced per architecture
since they can be targeted at different processor optimizations
using configurations passed to the compiler through the
compile commands.
This circumvents the need for multiple compilers and thus
reduces the size of the toolchains.
By design, the OpenEmbedded build system builds everything from scratch unless BitBake can determine that parts do not need to be rebuilt. Fundamentally, building from scratch is attractive as it means all parts are built fresh and there is no possibility of stale data causing problems. When developers hit problems, they typically default back to building from scratch so they know the state of things from the start.
Building an image from scratch is both an advantage and a disadvantage to the process. As mentioned in the previous paragraph, building from scratch ensures that everything is current and starts from a known state. However, building from scratch also takes much longer as it generally means rebuilding things that do not necessarily need to be rebuilt.
The Yocto Project implements shared state code that supports incremental builds. The implementation of the shared state code answers the following questions that were fundamental roadblocks within the OpenEmbedded incremental build support system:
What pieces of the system have changed and what pieces have not changed?
How are changed pieces of software removed and replaced?
How are pre-built components that do not need to be rebuilt from scratch used when they are available?
For the first question, the build system detects changes in the "inputs" to a given task by creating a checksum (or signature) of the task's inputs. If the checksum changes, the system assumes the inputs have changed and the task needs to be rerun. For the second question, the shared state (sstate) code tracks which tasks add which output to the build process. This means the output from a given task can be removed, upgraded or otherwise manipulated. The third question is partly addressed by the solution for the second question assuming the build system can fetch the sstate objects from remote locations and install them if they are deemed to be valid.
PR
information
as part of the shared state packages.
Consequently, considerations exist that affect maintaining shared
state feeds.
For information on how the OpenEmbedded build system
works with packages and can
track incrementing PR
information, see the
"Incrementing a Package Revision Number"
section.
The rest of this section goes into detail about the overall incremental build architecture, the checksums (signatures), shared state, and some tips and tricks.
When determining what parts of the system need to be built, BitBake
works on a per-task basis rather than a per-recipe basis.
You might wonder why using a per-task basis is preferred over a per-recipe basis.
To help explain, consider having the IPK packaging backend enabled and then switching to DEB.
In this case, do_install
and do_package
outputs are still valid.
However, with a per-recipe approach, the build would not include the
.deb
files.
Consequently, you would have to invalidate the whole build and rerun it.
Rerunning everything is not the best solution.
Also, in this case, the core must be "taught" much about specific tasks.
This methodology does not scale well and does not allow users to easily add new tasks
in layers or as external recipes without touching the packaged-staging core.
The shared state code uses a checksum, which is a unique signature of a task's inputs, to determine if a task needs to be run again. Because it is a change in a task's inputs that triggers a rerun, the process needs to detect all the inputs to a given task. For shell tasks, this turns out to be fairly easy because the build process generates a "run" shell script for each task and it is possible to create a checksum that gives you a good idea of when the task's data changes.
To complicate the problem, there are things that should not be included in
the checksum.
First, there is the actual specific build path of a given task -
the WORKDIR
.
It does not matter if the work directory changes because it should not
affect the output for target packages.
Also, the build process has the objective of making native or cross packages relocatable.
The checksum therefore needs to exclude WORKDIR
.
The simplistic approach for excluding the work directory is to set
WORKDIR
to some fixed value and create the checksum
for the "run" script.
Another problem results from the "run" scripts containing functions that might or might not get called. The incremental build solution contains code that figures out dependencies between shell functions. This code is used to prune the "run" scripts down to the minimum set, thereby alleviating this problem and making the "run" scripts much more readable as a bonus.
So far we have solutions for shell scripts. What about Python tasks? The same approach applies even though these tasks are more difficult. The process needs to figure out what variables a Python function accesses and what functions it calls. Again, the incremental build solution contains code that first figures out the variable and function dependencies, and then creates a checksum for the data used as the input to the task.
Like the WORKDIR
case, situations exist where dependencies
should be ignored.
For these cases, you can instruct the build process to ignore a dependency
by using a line like the following:
PACKAGE_ARCHS[vardepsexclude] = "MACHINE"
This example ensures that the PACKAGE_ARCHS
variable does not
depend on the value of
MACHINE
,
even if it does reference it.
Equally, there are cases where we need to add dependencies BitBake is not able to find. You can accomplish this by using a line like the following:
PACKAGE_ARCHS[vardeps] = "MACHINE"
This example explicitly adds the MACHINE
variable as a
dependency for PACKAGE_ARCHS
.
Consider a case with in-line Python, for example, where BitBake is not
able to figure out dependencies.
When running in debug mode (i.e. using -DDD
), BitBake
produces output when it discovers something for which it cannot figure out
dependencies.
The Yocto Project team has currently not managed to cover those dependencies
in detail and is aware of the need to fix this situation.
Thus far, this section has limited discussion to the direct inputs into a task. Information based on direct inputs is referred to as the "basehash" in the code. However, there is still the question of a task's indirect inputs - the things that were already built and present in the Build Directory. The checksum (or signature) for a particular task needs to add the hashes of all the tasks on which the particular task depends. Choosing which dependencies to add is a policy decision. However, the effect is to generate a master checksum that combines the basehash and the hashes of the task's dependencies.
At the code level, there are a variety of ways both the basehash and the dependent task hashes can be influenced. Within the BitBake configuration file, we can give BitBake some extra information to help it construct the basehash. The following statement effectively results in a list of global variable dependency excludes - variables never included in any checksum:
BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST ?= "TMPDIR FILE PATH PWD BB_TASKHASH BBPATH DL_DIR \ SSTATE_DIR THISDIR FILESEXTRAPATHS FILE_DIRNAME HOME LOGNAME SHELL TERM \ USER FILESPATH STAGING_DIR_HOST STAGING_DIR_TARGET COREBASE PRSERV_HOST \ PRSERV_DUMPDIR PRSERV_DUMPFILE PRSERV_LOCKDOWN PARALLEL_MAKE \ CCACHE_DIR EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN CCACHE CCACHE_DISABLE LICENSE_PATH SDKPKGSUFFIX"
The previous example excludes
WORKDIR
since that variable is actually constructed as a path within
TMPDIR
, which is on
the whitelist.
The rules for deciding which hashes of dependent tasks to include through
dependency chains are more complex and are generally accomplished with a
Python function.
The code in meta/lib/oe/sstatesig.py
shows two examples
of this and also illustrates how you can insert your own policy into the system
if so desired.
This file defines the two basic signature generators OE-Core
uses: "OEBasic" and "OEBasicHash".
By default, there is a dummy "noop" signature handler enabled in BitBake.
This means that behavior is unchanged from previous versions.
OE-Core
uses the "OEBasicHash" signature handler by default
through this setting in the bitbake.conf
file:
BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER ?= "OEBasicHash"
The "OEBasicHash" BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER
is the same as the
"OEBasic" version but adds the task hash to the stamp files.
This results in any
Metadata
change that changes the task hash, automatically
causing the task to be run again.
This removes the need to bump PR
values, and changes to Metadata automatically ripple across the build.
It is also worth noting that the end result of these signature generators is to make some dependency and hash information available to the build. This information includes:
BB_BASEHASH_task-<taskname>
:
The base hashes for each task in the recipe.
BB_BASEHASH_<filename:taskname>
:
The base hashes for each dependent task.
BBHASHDEPS_<filename:taskname>
:
The task dependencies for each task.
BB_TASKHASH
:
The hash of the currently running task.
Checksums and dependencies, as discussed in the previous section, solve half the problem of supporting a shared state. The other part of the problem is being able to use checksum information during the build and being able to reuse or rebuild specific components.
The
sstate
class is a relatively generic implementation of how to "capture"
a snapshot of a given task.
The idea is that the build process does not care about the source of a task's output.
Output could be freshly built or it could be downloaded and unpacked from
somewhere - the build process does not need to worry about its origin.
There are two types of output, one is just about creating a directory
in WORKDIR
.
A good example is the output of either do_install
or
do_package
.
The other type of output occurs when a set of data is merged into a shared directory
tree such as the sysroot.
The Yocto Project team has tried to keep the details of the
implementation hidden in sstate
class.
From a user's perspective, adding shared state wrapping to a task
is as simple as this do_deploy
example taken
from the
deploy
class:
DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}" SSTATETASKS += "do_deploy" do_deploy[sstate-name] = "deploy" do_deploy[sstate-inputdirs] = "${DEPLOYDIR}" do_deploy[sstate-outputdirs] = "${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}" python do_deploy_setscene () { sstate_setscene(d) } addtask do_deploy_setscene do_deploy[dirs] = "${DEPLOYDIR} ${B}"
In this example, we add some extra flags to the task, a name field ("deploy"), an
input directory where the task sends data, and the output
directory where the data from the task should eventually be copied.
We also add a _setscene
variant of the task and add the task
name to the SSTATETASKS
list.
If you have a directory whose contents you need to preserve, you can do this with a line like the following:
do_package[sstate-plaindirs] = "${PKGD} ${PKGDEST}"
This method, as well as the following example, also works for multiple directories.
do_package[sstate-inputdirs] = "${PKGDESTWORK} ${SHLIBSWORKDIR}" do_package[sstate-outputdirs] = "${PKGDATA_DIR} ${SHLIBSDIR}" do_package[sstate-lockfile] = "${PACKAGELOCK}"
These methods also include the ability to take a lockfile when manipulating shared state directory structures since some cases are sensitive to file additions or removals.
Behind the scenes, the shared state code works by looking in
SSTATE_DIR
and
SSTATE_MIRRORS
for shared state files.
Here is an example:
SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\ file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH \n \ file://.* file:///some/local/dir/sstate/PATH"
SSTATE_DIR
) is
organized into two-character subdirectories, where the subdirectory
names are based on the first two characters of the hash.
If the shared state directory structure for a mirror has the
same structure as SSTATE_DIR
, you must
specify "PATH" as part of the URI to enable the build system
to map to the appropriate subdirectory.
The shared state package validity can be detected just by looking at the filename since the filename contains the task checksum (or signature) as described earlier in this section. If a valid shared state package is found, the build process downloads it and uses it to accelerate the task.
The build processes use the *_setscene
tasks
for the task acceleration phase.
BitBake goes through this phase before the main execution code and tries
to accelerate any tasks for which it can find shared state packages.
If a shared state package for a task is available, the shared state
package is used.
This means the task and any tasks on which it is dependent are not
executed.
As a real world example, the aim is when building an IPK-based image,
only the do_package_write_ipk
tasks would have their
shared state packages fetched and extracted.
Since the sysroot is not used, it would never get extracted.
This is another reason why a task-based approach is preferred over a
recipe-based approach, which would have to install the output from every task.
The code in the build system that supports incremental builds is not simple code. This section presents some tips and tricks that help you work around issues related to shared state code.
When things go wrong, debugging needs to be straightforward. Because of this, the Yocto Project includes strong debugging tools:
Whenever a shared state package is written out, so is a
corresponding .siginfo
file.
This practice results in a pickled Python database of all
the metadata that went into creating the hash for a given shared state
package.
If you run BitBake with the --dump-signatures
(or -S
) option, BitBake dumps out
.siginfo
files in
the stamp directory for every task it would have executed instead of
building the specified target package.
There is a bitbake-diffsigs
command that
can process .siginfo
files.
If you specify one of these files, BitBake dumps out the dependency
information in the file.
If you specify two files, BitBake compares the two files and dumps out
the differences between the two.
This more easily helps answer the question of "What
changed between X and Y?"
The OpenEmbedded build system uses checksums and shared state cache to avoid unnecessarily rebuilding tasks. Collectively, this scheme is known as "shared state code."
As with all schemes, this one has some drawbacks.
It is possible that you could make implicit changes to your
code that the checksum calculations do not take into
account.
These implicit changes affect a task's output but do not trigger
the shared state code into rebuilding a recipe.
Consider an example during which a tool changes its output.
Assume that the output of rpmdeps
changes.
The result of the change should be that all the
package
and
package_write_rpm
shared state cache
items become invalid.
However, because the change to the output is
external to the code and therefore implicit,
the associated shared state cache items do not become
invalidated.
In this case, the build process uses the cached items rather
than running the task again.
Obviously, these types of implicit changes can cause problems.
To avoid these problems during the build, you need to understand the effects of any changes you make. Realize that changes you make directly to a function are automatically factored into the checksum calculation. Thus, these explicit changes invalidate the associated area of shared state cache. However, you need to be aware of any implicit changes that are not obvious changes to the code and could affect the output of a given task.
When you identify an implicit change, you can easily take steps
to invalidate the cache and force the tasks to run.
The steps you can take are as simple as changing a function's
comments in the source code.
For example, to invalidate package shared state files, change
the comment statements of do_package
or
the comments of one of the functions it calls.
Even though the change is purely cosmetic, it causes the
checksum to be recalculated and forces the OpenEmbedded build
system to run the task again.
x32 is a processor-specific Application Binary Interface (psABI) for x86_64. An ABI defines the calling conventions between functions in a processing environment. The interface determines what registers are used and what the sizes are for various C data types.
Some processing environments prefer using 32-bit applications even when running on Intel 64-bit platforms. Consider the i386 psABI, which is a very old 32-bit ABI for Intel 64-bit platforms. The i386 psABI does not provide efficient use and access of the Intel 64-bit processor resources, leaving the system underutilized. Now consider the x86_64 psABI. This ABI is newer and uses 64-bits for data sizes and program pointers. The extra bits increase the footprint size of the programs, libraries, and also increases the memory and file system size requirements. Executing under the x32 psABI enables user programs to utilize CPU and system resources more efficiently while keeping the memory footprint of the applications low. Extra bits are used for registers but not for addressing mechanisms.
This Yocto Project release supports the final specifications of x32 psABI. Support for x32 psABI exists as follows:
You can create packages and images in x32 psABI format on x86_64 architecture targets.
You can successfully build many recipes with the x32 toolchain.
You can create and boot core-image-minimal
and
core-image-sato
images.
Future Plans for the x32 psABI in the Yocto Project include the following:
Enhance and fix the few remaining recipes so they work with and support x32 toolchains.
Enhance RPM Package Manager (RPM) support for x32 binaries.
Support larger images.
Follow these steps to use the x32 spABI:
Enable the x32 psABI tuning file for x86_64
machines by editing the conf/local.conf
like this:
MACHINE = "qemux86-64" DEFAULTTUNE = "x86-64-x32" baselib = "${@d.getVar('BASE_LIB_tune-' + (d.getVar('DEFAULTTUNE', True) \ or 'INVALID'), True) or 'lib'}" #MACHINE = "genericx86" #DEFAULTTUNE = "core2-64-x32"
As usual, use BitBake to build an image that supports the x32 psABI. Here is an example:
$ bitbake core-image-sato
As usual, run your image using QEMU:
$ runqemu qemux86-64 core-image-sato
Wayland is a computer display server protocol that provides a method for compositing window managers to communicate directly with applications and video hardware and expects them to communicate with input hardware using other libraries. Using Wayland with supporting targets can result in better control over graphics frame rendering than an application might otherwise achieve.
The Yocto Project provides the Wayland protocol libraries and the reference Weston compositor as part of its release. This section describes what you need to do to implement Wayland and use the compositor when building an image for a supporting target.
The Wayland protocol libraries and the reference Weston compositor
ship as integrated packages in the meta
layer
of the
Source Directory.
Specifically, you can find the recipes that build both Wayland
and Weston at meta/recipes-graphics/wayland
.
You can build both the Wayland and Weston packages for use only with targets that accept the Mesa 3D and Direct Rendering Infrastructure, which is also known as Mesa DRI. This implies that you cannot build and use the packages if your target uses, for example, the Intel® Embedded Media and Graphics Driver (Intel® EMGD) that overrides Mesa DRI.
To enable Wayland, you need to enable it to be built and enable it to be included in the image.
To cause Mesa to build the wayland-egl
platform and Weston to build Wayland with Kernel Mode
Setting
(KMS)
support, include the "wayland" flag in the
DISTRO_FEATURES
statement in your local.conf
file:
DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " wayland"
To install the Wayland feature into an image, you must
include the following
CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL
statement in your local.conf
file:
CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL += "wayland weston"
To run Weston inside X11, enabling it as described earlier and building a Sato image is sufficient. If you are running your image under Sato, a Weston Launcher appears in the "Utility" category.
Alternatively, you can run Weston through the command-line interpretor (CLI), which is better suited for development work. To run Weston under the CLI, you need to do the following after your image is built:
Run these commands to export
XDG_RUNTIME_DIR
:
mkdir -p /tmp/$USER-weston chmod 0700 /tmp/$USER-weston export XDG_RUNTIME_DIR=/tmp/$USER-weston
Launch Weston in the shell:
weston
This section describes the mechanism by which the OpenEmbedded build system tracks changes to licensing text. The section also describes how to enable commercially licensed recipes, which by default are disabled.
For information that can help you maintain compliance with various open source licensing during the lifecycle of the product, see the "Maintaining Open Source License Compliance During Your Project's Lifecycle" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The license of an upstream project might change in the future.
In order to prevent these changes going unnoticed, the
LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
variable tracks changes to the license text. The checksums are validated at the end of the
configure step, and if the checksums do not match, the build will fail.
The LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
variable contains checksums of the license text in the source code for the recipe.
Following is an example of how to specify LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
:
LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=xxxx \ file://licfile1.txt;beginline=5;endline=29;md5=yyyy \ file://licfile2.txt;endline=50;md5=zzzz \ ..."
The build system uses the
S
variable as
the default directory when searching files listed in
LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
.
The previous example employs the default directory.
Consider this next example:
LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://src/ls.c;beginline=5;endline=16;\ md5=bb14ed3c4cda583abc85401304b5cd4e" LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${WORKDIR}/license.html;md5=5c94767cedb5d6987c902ac850ded2c6"
The first line locates a file in
${S}/src/ls.c
.
The second line refers to a file in
WORKDIR
.
Note that LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
variable is
mandatory for all recipes, unless the
LICENSE
variable is set to "CLOSED".
As mentioned in the previous section, the
LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
variable lists all the
important files that contain the license text for the source code.
It is possible to specify a checksum for an entire file, or a specific section of a
file (specified by beginning and ending line numbers with the "beginline" and "endline"
parameters, respectively).
The latter is useful for source files with a license notice header,
README documents, and so forth.
If you do not use the "beginline" parameter, then it is assumed that the text begins on the
first line of the file.
Similarly, if you do not use the "endline" parameter, it is assumed that the license text
ends with the last line of the file.
The "md5" parameter stores the md5 checksum of the license text. If the license text changes in any way as compared to this parameter then a mismatch occurs. This mismatch triggers a build failure and notifies the developer. Notification allows the developer to review and address the license text changes. Also note that if a mismatch occurs during the build, the correct md5 checksum is placed in the build log and can be easily copied to the recipe.
There is no limit to how many files you can specify using the
LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
variable.
Generally, however, every project requires a few specifications for license tracking.
Many projects have a "COPYING" file that stores the license information for all the source
code files.
This practice allows you to just track the "COPYING" file as long as it is kept up to date.
By default, the OpenEmbedded build system disables
components that have commercial or other special licensing
requirements.
Such requirements are defined on a
recipe-by-recipe basis through the LICENSE_FLAGS
variable
definition in the affected recipe.
For instance, the
poky/meta/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gst-plugins-ugly
recipe contains the following statement:
LICENSE_FLAGS = "commercial"
Here is a slightly more complicated example that contains both an explicit recipe name and version (after variable expansion):
LICENSE_FLAGS = "license_${PN}_${PV}"
In order for a component restricted by a LICENSE_FLAGS
definition to be enabled and included in an image, it
needs to have a matching entry in the global
LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST
variable, which is a variable
typically defined in your local.conf
file.
For example, to enable
the poky/meta/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gst-plugins-ugly
package, you could add either the string
"commercial_gst-plugins-ugly" or the more general string
"commercial" to LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST
.
See the
"License Flag Matching" section
for a full explanation of how LICENSE_FLAGS
matching works.
Here is the example:
LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST = "commercial_gst-plugins-ugly"
Likewise, to additionally enable the package built from the recipe containing
LICENSE_FLAGS = "license_${PN}_${PV}"
, and assuming
that the actual recipe name was emgd_1.10.bb
,
the following string would enable that package as well as
the original gst-plugins-ugly
package:
LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST = "commercial_gst-plugins-ugly license_emgd_1.10"
As a convenience, you do not need to specify the complete license string in the whitelist for every package. You can use an abbreviated form, which consists of just the first portion or portions of the license string before the initial underscore character or characters. A partial string will match any license that contains the given string as the first portion of its license. For example, the following whitelist string will also match both of the packages previously mentioned as well as any other packages that have licenses starting with "commercial" or "license".
LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST = "commercial license"
License flag matching allows you to control what recipes the
OpenEmbedded build system includes in the build.
Fundamentally, the build system attempts to match
LICENSE_FLAGS
strings found in
recipes against LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST
strings found in the whitelist.
A match causes the build system to include a recipe in the
build, while failure to find a match causes the build system to
exclude a recipe.
In general, license flag matching is simple. However, understanding some concepts will help you correctly and effectively use matching.
Before a flag
defined by a particular recipe is tested against the
contents of the whitelist, the expanded string
_${PN}
is appended to the flag.
This expansion makes each LICENSE_FLAGS
value recipe-specific.
After expansion, the string is then matched against the
whitelist.
Thus, specifying
LICENSE_FLAGS = "commercial"
in recipe "foo", for example, results in the string
"commercial_foo"
.
And, to create a match, that string must appear in the
whitelist.
Judicious use of the LICENSE_FLAGS
strings and the contents of the
LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST
variable
allows you a lot of flexibility for including or excluding
recipes based on licensing.
For example, you can broaden the matching capabilities by
using license flags string subsets in the whitelist.
usethispart_1.3
,
usethispart_1.4
, and so forth).
For example, simply specifying the string "commercial" in
the whitelist matches any expanded
LICENSE_FLAGS
definition that starts with
the string "commercial" such as "commercial_foo" and
"commercial_bar", which are the strings the build system
automatically generates for hypothetical recipes named
"foo" and "bar" assuming those recipes simply specify the
following:
LICENSE_FLAGS = "commercial"
Thus, you can choose to exhaustively enumerate each license flag in the whitelist and allow only specific recipes into the image, or you can use a string subset that causes a broader range of matches to allow a range of recipes into the image.
This scheme works even if the
LICENSE_FLAGS
string already
has _${PN}
appended.
For example, the build system turns the license flag
"commercial_1.2_foo" into "commercial_1.2_foo_foo" and would
match both the general "commercial" and the specific
"commercial_1.2_foo" strings found in the whitelist, as
expected.
Here are some other scenarios:
You can specify a versioned string in the recipe such as "commercial_foo_1.2" in a "foo" recipe. The build system expands this string to "commercial_foo_1.2_foo". Combine this license flag with a whitelist that has the string "commercial" and you match the flag along with any other flag that starts with the string "commercial".
Under the same circumstances, you can use "commercial_foo" in the whitelist and the build system not only matches "commercial_foo_1.2" but also matches any license flag with the string "commercial_foo", regardless of the version.
You can be very specific and use both the package and version parts in the whitelist (e.g. "commercial_foo_1.2") to specifically match a versioned recipe.
Other helpful variables related to commercial
license handling exist and are defined in the
poky/meta/conf/distro/include/default-distrovars.inc
file:
COMMERCIAL_AUDIO_PLUGINS ?= "" COMMERCIAL_VIDEO_PLUGINS ?= "" COMMERCIAL_QT = ""
If you want to enable these components, you can do so by making sure you have
statements similar to the following
in your local.conf
configuration file:
COMMERCIAL_AUDIO_PLUGINS = "gst-plugins-ugly-mad \ gst-plugins-ugly-mpegaudioparse" COMMERCIAL_VIDEO_PLUGINS = "gst-plugins-ugly-mpeg2dec \ gst-plugins-ugly-mpegstream gst-plugins-bad-mpegvideoparse" COMMERCIAL_QT ?= "qmmp" LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST = "commercial_gst-plugins-ugly commercial_gst-plugins-bad commercial_qmmp"
Of course, you could also create a matching whitelist
for those components using the more general "commercial"
in the whitelist, but that would also enable all the
other packages with LICENSE_FLAGS
containing
"commercial", which you may or may not want:
LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST = "commercial"
Specifying audio and video plug-ins as part of the
COMMERCIAL_AUDIO_PLUGINS
and
COMMERCIAL_VIDEO_PLUGINS
statements
or commercial Qt components as part of
the COMMERCIAL_QT
statement (along
with the enabling LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST
) includes the
plug-ins or components into built images, thus adding
support for media formats or components.
Table of Contents
atom-pc
Board Support Package (BSP)SRCREV
ValuesIMAGE_FEATURES
/run
udev
archiver
Classqemu-native
core-image-basic
CFLAGS
Optionsupdate-alternative
Providervirtclass
OverridesThis chapter provides information you can use to migrate work to a newer Yocto Project release. You can find the same information in the release notes for a given release.
This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto Project 1.3 Release from the prior release.
Differences include changes for
SSTATE_MIRRORS
and bblayers.conf
.
The shared state cache (sstate-cache), as pointed to by
SSTATE_DIR
, by default
now has two-character subdirectories to prevent issues arising
from too many files in the same directory.
Also, native sstate-cache packages will go into a subdirectory named using
the distro ID string.
If you copy the newly structured sstate-cache to a mirror location
(either local or remote) and then point to it in
SSTATE_MIRRORS
,
you need to append "PATH" to the end of the mirror URL so that
the path used by BitBake before the mirror substitution is
appended to the path used to access the mirror.
Here is an example:
SSTATE_MIRRORS = "file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH"
The meta-yocto
layer consists of two parts
that correspond to the Poky reference distribution and the
reference hardware Board Support Packages (BSPs), respectively:
meta-yocto
and
meta-yocto-bsp
.
When running BitBake or Hob for the first time after upgrading,
your conf/bblayers.conf
file will be
updated to handle this change and you will be asked to
re-run or restart for the changes to take effect.
Differences include changes for the following:
Python function whitespace
proto=
in SRC_URI
nativesdk
Task recipes
IMAGE_FEATURES
Removed recipes
All Python functions must now use four spaces for indentation.
Previously, an inconsistent mix of spaces and tabs existed,
which made extending these functions using
_append
or _prepend
complicated given that Python treats whitespace as
syntactically significant.
If you are defining or extending any Python functions (e.g.
populate_packages
, do_unpack
,
do_patch
and so forth) in custom recipes
or classes, you need to ensure you are using consistent
four-space indentation.
Any use of proto=
in
SRC_URI
needs to be changed to protocol=
.
In particular, this applies to the following URIs:
svn://
bzr://
hg://
osc://
Other URIs were already using protocol=
.
This change improves consistency.
The suffix nativesdk
is now implemented
as a prefix, which simplifies a lot of the packaging code for
nativesdk
recipes.
All custom nativesdk
recipes and any
references need to be updated to use
nativesdk-*
instead of
*-nativesdk
.
"Task" recipes are now known as "Package groups" and have
been renamed from task-*.bb
to
packagegroup-*.bb
.
Existing references to the previous task-*
names should work in most cases as there is an automatic
upgrade path for most packages.
However, you should update references in your own recipes and
configurations as they could be removed in future releases.
You should also rename any custom task-*
recipes to packagegroup-*
, and change
them to inherit packagegroup
instead of
task
, as well as taking the opportunity
to remove anything now handled by
packagegroup.bbclass
, such as providing
-dev
and -dbg
packages, setting
LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
,
and so forth.
See the
"packagegroup.bbclass
"
section for further details.
Image recipes that previously included "apps-console-core"
in IMAGE_FEATURES
should now include "splash" instead to enable the boot-up
splash screen.
Retaining "apps-console-core" will still include the splash
screen but generates a warning.
The "apps-x11-core" and "apps-x11-games"
IMAGE_FEATURES
features have been removed.
The following recipes have been removed. For most of them, it is unlikely that you would have any references to them in your own Metadata. However, you should check your metadata against this list to be sure:
libx11-trim
:
Replaced by libx11
, which has a negligible
size difference with modern Xorg.
xserver-xorg-lite
:
Use xserver-xorg
, which has a negligible
size difference when DRI and GLX modules are not installed.
xserver-kdrive
:
Effectively unmaintained for many years.
mesa-xlib
:
No longer serves any purpose.
galago
:
Replaced by telepathy.
gail
:
Functionality was integrated into GTK+ 2.13.
eggdbus
:
No longer needed.
gcc-*-intermediate
:
The build has been restructured to avoid the need for
this step.
libgsmd
:
Unmaintained for many years.
Functionality now provided by
ofono
instead.
contacts, dates, tasks, eds-tools:
Largely unmaintained PIM application suite.
It has been moved to meta-gnome
in meta-openembedded
.
In addition to the previously listed changes, the
meta-demoapps
directory has also been removed
because the recipes in it were not being maintained and many
had become obsolete or broken.
Additionally, these recipes were not parsed in the default configuration.
Many of these recipes are already provided in an updated and
maintained form within the OpenEmbedded community layers such as
meta-oe
and meta-gnome
.
For the remainder, you can now find them in the
meta-extras
repository, which is in the
Yocto Project
Source Repositories.
The naming scheme for kernel output binaries has been changed to
now include
PE
as part of the
filename:
KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}-${PE}-${PV}-${PR}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}"
Because the PE
variable is not set by default,
these binary files could result with names that include two dash
characters.
Here is an example:
bzImage--3.10.9+git0+cd502a8814_7144bcc4b8-r0-qemux86-64-20130830085431.bin
This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto Project 1.4 Release from the prior release.
Differences include the following:
Comment Continuation: If a comment ends with a line continuation (\) character, then the next line must also be a comment. Any instance where this is not the case, now triggers a warning. You must either remove the continuation character, or be sure the next line is a comment.
Package Name Overrides:
The runtime package specific variables
RDEPENDS
,
RRECOMMENDS
,
RSUGGESTS
,
RPROVIDES
,
RCONFLICTS
,
RREPLACES
,
FILES
,
ALLOW_EMPTY
,
and the pre, post, install, and uninstall script functions
pkg_preinst
,
pkg_postinst
,
pkg_prerm
, and
pkg_postrm
should always have a
package name override.
For example, use RDEPENDS_${PN}
for
the main package instead of RDEPENDS
.
BitBake uses more strict checks when it parses recipes.
Differences include the following:
Shared State Code:
The shared state code has been optimized to avoid running
unnecessary tasks.
For example,
bitbake -c rootfs some-image
from
shared state no longer populates the target sysroot
since that is not necessary.
Instead, the system just needs to extract the output
package contents, re-create the packages, and construct
the root filesystem.
This change is unlikely to cause any problems unless
you have missing declared dependencies.
Scanning Directory Names:
When scanning for files in
SRC_URI
,
the build system now uses
FILESOVERRIDES
instead of OVERRIDES
for the directory names.
In general, the values previously in
OVERRIDES
are now in
FILESOVERRIDES
as well.
However, if you relied upon an additional value
you previously added to OVERRIDES
,
you might now need to add it to
FILESOVERRIDES
unless you are already
adding it through the
MACHINEOVERRIDES
or DISTROOVERRIDES
variables, as appropriate.
For more related changes, see the
"Variables"
section.
A new oe-git-proxy
script has been added to
replace previous methods of handling proxies and fetching source
from Git.
See the meta-yocto/conf/site.conf.sample
file
for information on how to use this script.
If you have created your own custom
etc/network/interfaces
file by creating
an append file for the netbase
recipe,
you now need to create an append file for the
init-ifupdown
recipe instead, which you can
find in the
Source Directory
at meta/recipes-core/init-ifupdown
.
For information on how to use append files, see the
"Using .bbappend Files"
in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
Support for remote debugging with the Eclipse IDE is now
separated into an image feature
(eclipse-debug
) that corresponds to the
packagegroup-core-eclipse-debug
package group.
Previously, the debugging feature was included through the
tools-debug
image feature, which corresponds
to the packagegroup-core-tools-debug
package group.
The following variables have changed:
SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS
:
This variable now uses a distribution ID, which is composed
of the host distributor ID followed by the release.
Previously,
SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS
was composed of the description field.
For example, "Ubuntu 12.10" becomes "Ubuntu-12.10".
You do not need to worry about this change if you are not
specifically setting this variable, or if you are
specifically setting it to "".
SRC_URI
:
The ${
PN
}
,
${
PF
}
,
${
P
}
,
and FILE_DIRNAME
directories have been
dropped from the default value of the
FILESPATH
variable, which is used as the search path for finding files
referred to in
SRC_URI
.
If you have a recipe that relied upon these directories,
which would be unusual, then you will need to add the
appropriate paths within the recipe or, alternatively,
rearrange the files.
The most common locations are still covered by
${BP}
, ${BPN}
,
and "files", which all remain in the default value of
FILESPATH
.
If runtime package management is enabled and the RPM backend is selected, Smart is now installed for package download, dependency resolution, and upgrades instead of Zypper. For more information on how to use Smart, run the following command on the target:
smart --help
The following recipes were moved from their previous locations because they are no longer used by anything in the OpenEmbedded-Core:
clutter-box2d
:
Now resides in the meta-oe
layer.
evolution-data-server
:
Now resides in the meta-gnome
layer.
gthumb
:
Now resides in the meta-gnome
layer.
gtkhtml2
:
Now resides in the meta-oe
layer.
gupnp
:
Now resides in the meta-multimedia
layer.
gypsy
:
Now resides in the meta-oe
layer.
libcanberra
:
Now resides in the meta-gnome
layer.
libgdata
:
Now resides in the meta-gnome
layer.
libmusicbrainz
:
Now resides in the meta-multimedia
layer.
metacity
:
Now resides in the meta-gnome
layer.
polkit
:
Now resides in the meta-oe
layer.
zeroconf
:
Now resides in the meta-networking
layer.
The following list shows what has been removed or renamed:
evieext
:
Removed because it has been removed from
xserver
since 2008.
Gtk+ DirectFB: Removed support because upstream Gtk+ no longer supports it as of version 2.18.
libxfontcache / xfontcacheproto
:
Removed because they were removed from the Xorg server in 2008.
libxp / libxprintapputil / libxprintutil / printproto
:
Removed because the XPrint server was removed from
Xorg in 2008.
libxtrap / xtrapproto
:
Removed because their functionality was broken upstream.
linux-yocto 3.0 kernel: Removed with linux-yocto 3.8 kernel being added. The linux-yocto 3.2 and linux-yocto 3.4 kernels remain as part of the release.
lsbsetup
:
Removed with functionality now provided by
lsbtest
.
matchbox-stroke
:
Removed because it was never more than a proof-of-concept.
matchbox-wm-2 / matchbox-theme-sato-2
:
Removed because they are not maintained.
However, matchbox-wm
and
matchbox-theme-sato
are still
provided.
mesa-dri
:
Renamed to mesa
.
mesa-xlib
:
Removed because it was no longer useful.
mutter
:
Removed because nothing ever uses it and the recipe is
very old.
orinoco-conf
:
Removed because it has become obsolete.
update-modules
:
Removed because it is no longer used.
The kernel module postinstall
and
postrm
scripts can now do the same
task without the use of this script.
web
:
Removed because it is not maintained. Superseded by
web-webkit
.
xf86bigfontproto
:
Removed because upstream it has been disabled by default
since 2007.
Nothing uses xf86bigfontproto
.
xf86rushproto
:
Removed because its dependency in
xserver
was spurious and it was
removed in 2005.
zypper / libzypp / sat-solver
:
Removed and been functionally replaced with Smart
(python-smartpm
) when RPM packaging
is used and package management is enabled on the target.
This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto Project 1.5 Release from the prior release.
The OpenEmbedded build system now has some additional requirements on the host system:
Python 2.7.3+
Tar 1.24+
Git 1.7.5+
Patched version of Make if you are using 3.82. Most distributions that provide Make 3.82 use the patched version.
If the Linux distribution you are using on your build host does not provide packages for these, you can install and use the Buildtools tarball, which provides an SDK-like environment containing them.
For more information on this requirement, see the "Required Git, tar, and Python Versions" section.
The atom-pc
hardware reference BSP has been
replaced by a genericx86
BSP.
This BSP is not necessarily guaranteed to work on all x86
hardware, but it will run on a wider range of systems than the
atom-pc
did.
genericx86-64
BSP has
been added for 64-bit Atom systems.
The following changes have been made that relate to BitBake:
BitBake now supports a _remove
operator.
The addition of this operator means you will have to
rename any items in recipe space (functions, variables)
whose names currently contain
_remove_
or end with
_remove
to avoid unexpected behavior.
BitBake's global method pool has been removed. This method is not particularly useful and led to clashes between recipes containing functions that had the same name.
The "none" server backend has been removed. The "process" server backend has been serving well as the default for a long time now.
The bitbake-runtask
script has been
removed.
${
P
}
and
${
PF
}
are no longer added to
PROVIDES
by default in bitbake.conf
.
These version-specific PROVIDES
items were seldom used.
Attempting to use them could result in two versions being
built simultaneously rather than just one version due to
the way BitBake resolves dependencies.
The following changes have been made to the package QA checks:
If you have customized
ERROR_QA
or WARN_QA
values in your configuration, check that they contain all of
the issues that you wish to be reported.
Previous Yocto Project versions contained a bug that meant
that any item not mentioned in ERROR_QA
or WARN_QA
would be treated as a
warning.
Consequently, several important items were not already in
the default value of WARN_QA
.
All of the possible QA checks are now documented in the
"insane.bbclass
"
section.
An additional QA check has been added to check if
/usr/share/info/dir
is being installed.
Your recipe should delete this file within
do_install
if "make install" is
installing it.
If you are using the buildhistory class, the check for the
package version going backwards is now controlled using a
standard QA check.
Thus, if you have customized your
ERROR_QA
or
WARN_QA
values and still wish to have
this check performed, you should add
"version-going-backwards" to your value for one or the
other variables depending on how you wish it to be handled.
See the documented QA checks in the
"insane.bbclass
"
section.
The following directory changes exist:
Output SDK installer files are now named to include the
image name and tuning architecture through the
SDK_NAME
variable.
Images and related files are now installed into a directory
that is specific to the machine, instead of a parent
directory containing output files for multiple machines.
The
DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE
variable continues to point to the directory containing
images for the current
MACHINE
and should be used anywhere there is a need to refer to
this directory.
The runqemu
script now uses this
variable to find images and kernel binaries and will use
BitBake to determine the directory.
Alternatively, you can set the
DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE
variable in the
external environment.
When buildhistory is enabled, its output is now written
under the
Build Directory
rather than
TMPDIR
.
Doing so makes it easier to delete
TMPDIR
and preserve the build history.
Additionally, data for produced SDKs is now split by
IMAGE_NAME
.
The pkgdata
directory produced as
part of the packaging process has been collapsed into a
single machine-specific directory.
This directory is located under
sysroots
and uses a machine-specific
name (i.e.
tmp/sysroots/<machine>/pkgdata
).
BitBake will now shorten revisions from Git repositories from the
normal 40 characters down to 10 characters within
SRCPV
for improved usability in path and file names.
This change should be safe within contexts where these revisions
are used because the chances of spatially close collisions
is very low.
Distant collisions are not a major issue in the way
the values are used.
The following changes have been made that relate to
IMAGE_FEATURES
:
The value of
IMAGE_FEATURES
is now validated to ensure invalid feature items are not
added.
Some users mistakenly add package names to this variable
instead of using
IMAGE_INSTALL
in order to have the package added to the image, which does
not work.
This change is intended to catch those kinds of situations.
Valid IMAGE_FEATURES
are drawn from
PACKAGE_GROUP
definitions,
COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB
and a new "validitems" varflag on
IMAGE_FEATURES
.
The "validitems" varflag change allows additional features
to be added if they are not provided using the previous
two mechanisms.
The previously deprecated "apps-console-core"
IMAGE_FEATURES
item is no longer
supported.
Add "splash" to IMAGE_FEATURES
if you
wish to have the splash screen enabled, since this is
all that apps-console-core was doing.
The /run
directory from the Filesystem
Hierarchy Standard 3.0 has been introduced.
You can find some of the implications for this change
here.
The change also means that recipes that install files to
/var/run
must be changed.
You can find a guide on how to make these changes
here.
The image core-image-minimal
no longer adds
remove_packaging_data_files
to
ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND
.
This addition is now handled automatically when "package-management"
is not in
IMAGE_FEATURES
.
If you have custom image recipes that make this addition,
you should remove the lines, as they are not needed and might
interfere with correct operation of postinstall scripts.
The do_rootfs
and other related image
construction tasks are no longer marked as "nostamp".
Consequently, they will only be re-executed when their inputs have
changed.
Previous versions of the OpenEmbedded build system always rebuilt
the image when requested rather when necessary.
The previously deprecated task.bbclass
has
now been dropped.
For recipes that previously inherited from this class, you should
rename them from task-*
to
packagegroup-*
and inherit packagegroup
instead.
For more information, see the
"packagegroup.bbclass
"
section.
By default, we now split BusyBox into two binaries:
one that is suid root for those components that need it, and
another for the rest of the components.
Splitting BusyBox allows for optimization that eliminates the
tinylogin
recipe as recommended by upstream.
You can disable this split by setting
BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID
to "0".
A new automated image testing framework has been added
through the
testimage*.bbclass
class.
This framework replaces the older
imagetest-qemu
framework.
You can learn more about performing automated image tests in the "Performing Automated Runtime Testing" section.
Following are changes to Build History:
Installed package sizes:
installed-package-sizes.txt
for an
image now records the size of the files installed by each
package instead of the size of each compressed package
archive file.
The dependency graphs (depends*.dot
)
now use the actual package names instead of replacing
dashes, dots and plus signs with underscores.
The buildhistory-diff
and
buildhistory-collect-srcrevs
utilities have improved command-line handling.
Use the ‐‐help
option for
each utility for more information on the new syntax.
For more information on Build History, see the "Maintaining Build Output Quality" section.
Following are changes to udev
:
udev
no longer brings in
udev-extraconf
automatically
through
RRECOMMENDS
,
since this was originally intended to be optional.
If you need the extra rules, then add
udev-extraconf
to your image.
udev
no longer brings in
pciutils-ids
or
usbutils-ids
through
RRECOMMENDS
.
These are not needed by udev
itself
and removing them saves around 350KB.
The linux-yocto
3.2 kernel has been
removed.
libtool-nativesdk
has been renamed to
nativesdk-libtool
.
tinylogin
has been removed.
It has been replaced by a suid portion of Busybox.
See the
"BusyBox" section
for more information.
external-python-tarball
has been renamed
to buildtools-tarball
.
web-webkit
has been removed.
It has been functionally replaced by
midori
.
imake
has been removed.
It is no longer needed by any other recipe.
transfig-native
has been removed.
It is no longer needed by any other recipe.
anjuta-remote-run
has been removed.
Anjuta IDE integration has not been officially supported for
several releases.
Following is a list of short entries describing other changes:
run-postinsts
: Make this generic.
base-files
: Remove the unnecessary
media/xxx
directories.
alsa-state
: Provide an empty
asound.conf
by default.
classes/image
: Ensure
BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS
supports pre-renamed package names.
classes/rootfs_rpm
: Implement
BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS
for RPM.
systemd
: Remove
systemd_unitdir
if
systemd
is not in
DISTRO_FEATURES
.
systemd
: Remove
init.d
dir if
systemd
unit file is present and
sysvinit
is not a distro feature.
libpam
: Deny all services for the
OTHER
entries.
image.bbclass
: Move
runtime_mapping_rename
to avoid
conflict with multilib
.
See
YOCTO #4993
in Bugzilla for more information.
linux-dtb
: Use kernel build system
to generate the dtb
files.
kern-tools
: Switch from guilt to
new kgit-s2q
tool.
This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto Project 1.6 Release from the prior release.
The
archiver
class has been rewritten and its configuration has been simplified.
For more details on the source archiver, see the
"Maintaining Open Source License Compliance During Your Product's Lifecycle"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The following packaging changes have been made:
The binutils
recipe no longer produces
a binutils-symlinks
package.
update-alternatives
is now used to
handle the preferred binutils
variant on the target instead.
The tc (traffic control) utilities have been split out of
the main iproute2
package and put
into the iproute2-tc
package.
The gtk-engines
schemas have been
moved to a dedicated
gtk-engines-schemas
package.
The armv7a
with thumb package
architecture suffix has changed.
The suffix for these packages with the thumb
optimization enabled is "t2" as it should be.
Use of this suffix was not the case in the 1.5 release.
Architecture names will change within package feeds as a
result.
The following changes have been made to BitBake.
When fetching source from a Git repository using
SRC_URI
,
BitBake will now validate the
SRCREV
value against the branch.
You can specify the branch using the following form:
SRC_URI = "git://server.name/repository;branch=<branchname>"
If you do not specify a branch, BitBake looks in the default "master" branch.
Alternatively, if you need to bypass this check (e.g.
if you are fetching a revision corresponding to a tag that
is not on any branch), you can add ";nobranch=1" to
the end of the URL within SRC_URI
.
BitBake had some previously deprecated Python definitions
within its bb
module removed.
You should use their sub-module counterparts instead:
bb.MalformedUrl
:
Use bb.fetch.MalformedUrl
.
bb.fetch.encodeurl
:
Use bb.fetch.encodeurl
.
bb.decodeurl
:
Use bb.fetch.decodeurl
bb.mkdirhier
:
Use bb.utils.mkdirhier
.
bb.movefile
:
Use bb.utils.movefile
.
bb.copyfile
:
Use bb.utils.copyfile
.
bb.which
:
Use bb.utils.which
.
bb.vercmp_string
:
Use bb.utils.vercmp_string
.
bb.vercmp
:
Use bb.utils.vercmp
.
The BitBake console UI will now output errors to
stderr
instead of
stdout
.
Consequently, if you are piping or redirecting the output of
bitbake
to somewhere else, and you wish
to retain the errors, you will need to add
2>&1
(or something similar) to the
end of your bitbake
command line.
The following variables have changed. For information on the OpenEmbedded build system variables, see the "Variables Glossary" Chapter.
TMPDIR
can no longer be on an NFS mount.
NFS does not offer full POSIX locking and inode consistency
and can cause unexpected issues if used to store
TMPDIR
.
The check for this occurs on startup.
If TMPDIR
is detected on an NFS mount,
an error occurs.
The
PRINC
variable has been deprecated and triggers a warning if
detected during a build.
For
PR
increments on changes, use the PR service instead.
You can find out more about this service in the
"Working With a PR Service"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The "sum.jffs2" option for
IMAGE_TYPES
has been replaced by the "jffs2.sum" option, which fits the
processing order.
The
COPY_LIC_MANIFEST
variable must
now be set to "1" rather than any value in order to enable
it.
The
COPY_LIC_DIRS
variable must
now be set to "1" rather than any value in order to enable
it.
The
PACKAGE_GROUP
variable has been renamed to
FEATURE_PACKAGES
to more accurately reflect its purpose.
You can still use PACKAGE_GROUP
but
the OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning message when
it encounters the variable.
The meta-hob
layer has been removed from
the top-level of the
Source Directory.
The contents of this layer are no longer needed by the Hob
user interface for building images and toolchains.
Package Tests (ptest) are built but not installed by default.
For information on using Package Tests, see the
"Setting up and running package test (ptest)"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
For information on the ptest
class, see the
"ptest.bbclass
"
section.
Separate build and source directories have been enabled
by default for selected recipes where it is known to work
(a whitelist) and for all recipes that inherit the
cmake
class.
In future releases the
autotools
class will enable a separate build directory by default as
well.
Recipes building Autotools-based
software that fails to build with a separate build directory
should be changed to inherit from the
autotools-brokensep
class instead of the autotools
class.
qemu-native
now builds without
SDL-based graphical output support by default.
The following additional lines are needed in your
local.conf
to enable it:
PACKAGECONFIG_pn-qemu-native = "sdl" ASSUME_PROVIDED += "libsdl-native"
local.conf
contains these statements.
Consequently, if you are building a headless system and using
a default local.conf
file, you will need
comment these two lines out.
core-image-basic
has been renamed to
core-image-full-cmdline
.
In addition to core-image-basic
being renamed,
packagegroup-core-basic
has been renamed to
packagegroup-core-full-cmdline
to match.
The top-level LICENSE
file has been changed
to better describe the license of the various components of
OE-Core.
However, the licensing itself remains unchanged.
Normally, this change would not cause any side-effects.
However, some recipes point to this file within
LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
(as ${COREBASE}/LICENSE
) and thus the
accompanying checksum must be changed from
3f40d7994397109285ec7b81fdeb3b58 to
4d92cd373abda3937c2bc47fbc49d690.
A better alternative is to have
LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
point to a file
describing the license that is distributed with the source
that the recipe is building, if possible, rather than pointing
to ${COREBASE}/LICENSE
.
The "-fpermissive" option has been removed from the default
CFLAGS
value.
You need to take action on individual recipes that fail when
building with this option.
You need to either patch the recipes to fix the issues reported by
the compiler, or you need to add "-fpermissive" to
CFLAGS
in the recipes.
Custom image output types, as selected using
IMAGE_FSTYPES
,
must declare their dependencies on other image types (if any) using
a new
IMAGE_TYPEDEP
variable.
The default update-alternatives
provider has
been changed from opkg
to
opkg-utils
.
This change resolves some troublesome circular dependencies.
The runtime package has also been renamed from
update-alternatives-cworth
to update-alternatives-opkg
.
The virtclass
overrides are now deprecated.
Use the equivalent class overrides instead (e.g.
virtclass-native
becomes
class-native
.)
The following recipes have been removed:
packagegroup-toolset-native
-
This recipe is largely unused.
linux-yocto-3.8
-
Support for the Linux yocto 3.8 kernel has been dropped.
Support for the 3.10 and 3.14 kernels have been added
with the linux-yocto-3.10
and
linux-yocto-3.14
recipes.
ocf-linux
-
This recipe has been functionally replaced using
cryptodev-linux
.
genext2fs
-
genext2fs
is no longer used by the
build system and is unmaintained upstream.
js
-
This provided an ancient version of Mozilla's javascript
engine that is no longer needed.
zaurusd
-
The recipe has been moved to the
meta-handheld
layer.
eglibc 2.17
-
Replaced by the eglibc 2.19
recipe.
gcc 4.7.2
-
Replaced by the now stable
gcc 4.8.2
.
external-sourcery-toolchain
-
this recipe is now maintained in the
meta-sourcery
layer.
linux-libc-headers-yocto 3.4+git
-
Now using version 3.10 of the
linux-libc-headers
by default.
meta-toolchain-gmae
-
This recipe is obsolete.
packagegroup-core-sdk-gmae
-
This recipe is obsolete.
packagegroup-core-standalone-gmae-sdk-target
-
This recipe is obsolete.
The following classes have become obsolete and have been removed:
module_strip
pkg_metainfo
pkg_distribute
image-empty
The following reference BSPs changes occurred:
The BeagleBoard
(beagleboard
) ARM reference hardware
has been replaced by the BeagleBone
(beaglebone
) hardware.
The RouterStation Pro
(routerstationpro
) MIPS reference
hardware has been replaced by the EdgeRouter Lite
(edgerouter
) hardware.
The previous reference BSPs for the
beagleboard
and
routerstationpro
machines are still available
in a new meta-yocto-bsp-old
layer in the
Source Repositories
at
http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/meta-yocto-bsp-old/.
Table of Contents
build/
build/buildhistory
build/conf/local.conf
build/conf/bblayers.conf
build/conf/sanity_info
build/downloads/
build/sstate-cache/
build/tmp/
build/tmp/buildstats/
build/tmp/cache/
build/tmp/deploy/
build/tmp/deploy/deb/
build/tmp/deploy/rpm/
build/tmp/deploy/ipk/
build/tmp/deploy/licenses/
build/tmp/deploy/images/
build/tmp/deploy/sdk/
build/tmp/sstate-control/
build/tmp/sysroots/
build/tmp/stamps/
build/tmp/log/
build/tmp/work/
build/tmp/work-shared/
meta/
meta/classes/
meta/conf/
meta/conf/machine/
meta/conf/distro/
meta/conf/machine-sdk/
meta/files/
meta/lib/
meta/recipes-bsp/
meta/recipes-connectivity/
meta/recipes-core/
meta/recipes-devtools/
meta/recipes-extended/
meta/recipes-gnome/
meta/recipes-graphics/
meta/recipes-kernel/
meta/recipes-lsb4/
meta/recipes-multimedia/
meta/recipes-qt/
meta/recipes-rt/
meta/recipes-sato/
meta/recipes-support/
meta/site/
meta/recipes.txt
The Source Directory consists of several components. Understanding them and knowing where they are located is key to using the Yocto Project well. This chapter describes the Source Directory and gives information about the various files and directories.
For information on how to establish a local Source Directory on your development system, see the "Getting Set Up" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
This section describes the top-level components of the Source Directory.
This directory includes a copy of BitBake for ease of use. The copy usually matches the current stable BitBake release from the BitBake project. BitBake, a Metadata interpreter, reads the Yocto Project Metadata and runs the tasks defined by that data. Failures are usually from the Metadata and not from BitBake itself. Consequently, most users do not need to worry about BitBake.
When you run the bitbake
command, the
main BitBake executable, which resides in the
bitbake/bin/
directory, starts.
Sourcing an environment setup script (e.g.
oe-init-build-env
or
oe-init-build-env-memres
)
places the scripts
and
bitbake/bin
directories (in that order) into
the shell's PATH
environment variable.
For more information on BitBake, see the BitBake User Manual.
This directory contains user configuration files and the output
generated by the OpenEmbedded build system in its standard configuration where
the source tree is combined with the output.
The Build Directory
is created initially when you source
the OpenEmbedded build environment setup script
(i.e.
oe-init-build-env
or
oe-init-build-env-memres
).
It is also possible to place output and configuration
files in a directory separate from the
Source Directory
by providing a directory name when you source
the setup script.
For information on separating output from your local
Source Directory files, see the
"oe-init-build-env
and
"oe-init-build-env-memres
"
sections.
This directory holds the source for the Yocto Project documentation
as well as templates and tools that allow you to generate PDF and HTML
versions of the manuals.
Each manual is contained in a sub-folder.
For example, the files for this manual reside in
the ref-manual/
directory.
This directory contains the OpenEmbedded Core metadata.
The directory holds recipes, common classes, and machine
configuration for emulated targets (qemux86
,
qemuarm
, and so forth.)
This directory contains the Yocto Project reference hardware Board Support Packages (BSPs). For more information on BSPs, see the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide.
This directory adds additional recipes and append files used by the OpenEmbedded selftests to verify the behavior of the build system.
You do not have to add this layer to your
bblayers.conf
file unless you want to run the
selftests.
This directory contains various integration scripts that implement
extra functionality in the Yocto Project environment (e.g. QEMU scripts).
The oe-init-build-env
and
oe-init-build-env-memres
scripts append this directory to the shell's
PATH
environment variable.
The scripts
directory has useful scripts that assist in contributing
back to the Yocto Project, such as create-pull-request
and
send-pull-request
.
This script is one of two scripts that set up the OpenEmbedded build
environment.
For information on the other script, see the
"oe-init-build-env-memres
"
section.
Running this script with the source
command in
a shell makes changes to PATH
and sets other
core BitBake variables based on the current working directory.
You need to run an environment setup script before running BitBake
commands.
The script uses other scripts within the
scripts
directory to do the bulk of the work.
By default, running this script without a
Build Directory
argument creates the build
directory
in your current working directory.
If you provide a Build Directory argument when you
source
the script, you direct the OpenEmbedded
build system to create a Build Directory of your choice.
For example, the following command creates a Build Directory named
mybuilds
that is outside of the
Source Directory:
$ source oe-init-build-env ~/mybuilds
oe-init-build-env
script
from a Source Directory that contains spaces in either the filenames
or directory names, the script returns an error indicating no such
file or directory.
Be sure to use a Source Directory free of names containing spaces.
This script is one of two scripts that set up the OpenEmbedded
build environment.
Aside from setting up the environment, this script starts a
memory-resident BitBake server.
For information on the other setup script, see the
"oe-init-build-env
"
section.
Memory-resident BitBake resides in memory until you specifically remove it using the following BitBake command:
$ bitbake -m
Running this script with the source
command in
a shell makes changes to PATH
and sets other
core BitBake variables based on the current working directory.
One of these variables is the
BBSERVER
variable, which allows the OpenEmbedded build system to locate
the server that is running BitBake.
You need to run an environment setup script before using BitBake commands. Following is the script syntax:
$ source oe-init-build-env-memres <port_number> <build_dir>
The script uses other scripts within the
scripts
directory to do the bulk of the work.
If you do not provide a port number with the script, the BitBake server at port "12345" is started.
By default, running this script without a
Build Directory
argument creates a build directory named
build
.
If you provide a Build Directory argument when you
source
the script, the Build Directory is
created using that name.
For example, the following command starts the BitBake server using
the default port "12345" and creates a Build Directory named
mybuilds
that is outside of the
Source Directory:
$ source oe-init-build-env-memres ~/mybuilds
oe-init-build-env-memres
script
from a Source Directory that contains spaces in either the
filenames or directory names, the script returns an error
indicating no such file or directory.
Be sure to use a Source Directory free of names containing
spaces.
The OpenEmbedded build system creates the
Build Directory
when you run one of the build environment setup scripts (i.e.
oe-init-build-env
or
oe-init-build-env-memres
).
If you do not give the Build Directory a specific name when you run
a setup script, the name defaults to build
.
The
TOPDIR
variable
points to the Build Directory.
The OpenEmbedded build system creates this directory when you enable the build history feature. The directory tracks build information into image, packages, and SDK subdirectories. For information on the build history feature, see the "Maintaining Build Output Quality" section.
This configuration file contains all the local user configurations
for your build environment.
The local.conf
file contains documentation on
the various configuration options.
Any variable set here overrides any variable set elsewhere within
the environment unless that variable is hard-coded within a file
(e.g. by using '=' instead of '?=').
Some variables are hard-coded for various reasons but these
variables are relatively rare.
Edit this file to set the
MACHINE
for which you want to build, which package types you wish to use
(PACKAGE_CLASSES
),
the location from which you want to access downloaded files
(DL_DIR
),
and how you want your host machine to use resources
(BB_NUMBER_THREADS
and
PARALLEL_MAKE
).
If local.conf
is not present when you
start the build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates it from
local.conf.sample
when
you source
the top-level build environment
setup script (i.e.
oe-init-build-env
or
oe-init-build-env-memres
).
The source local.conf.sample
file used
depends on the $TEMPLATECONF
script variable,
which defaults to meta-yocto/conf
when you are building from the Yocto Project development
environment and defaults to meta/conf
when
you are building from the OpenEmbedded Core environment.
Because the script variable points to the source of the
local.conf.sample
file, this implies that
you can configure your build environment from any layer by setting
the variable in the top-level build environment setup script as
follows:
TEMPLATECONF=<your_layer>/conf
Once the build process gets the sample file, it uses
sed
to substitute final
${
OEROOT
}
values for all ##OEROOT##
values.
TEMPLATECONF
variable
is used by looking at the
scripts/oe-setup-builddir
script in the
Source Directory.
You can find the Yocto Project version of the
local.conf.sample
file in the
meta-yocto/conf
directory.
This configuration file defines
layers,
which are directory trees, traversed (or walked) by BitBake.
The bblayers.conf
file uses the
BBLAYERS
variable to list the layers BitBake tries to find, and uses the
BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE
variable to list layers that must not be removed.
If bblayers.conf
is not present when you
start the build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates it from
bblayers.conf.sample
when
you source
the top-level build environment
setup script (i.e.
oe-init-build-env
or
oe-init-build-env-memres
).
The source bblayers.conf.sample
file used
depends on the $TEMPLATECONF
script variable,
which defaults to meta-yocto/conf
when you are building from the Yocto Project development
environment and defaults to meta/conf
when
you are building from the OpenEmbedded Core environment.
Because the script variable points to the source of the
bblayers.conf.sample
file, this implies that
you can base your build from any layer by setting the variable in
the top-level build environment setup script as follows:
TEMPLATECONF=<your_layer>/conf
Once the build process gets the sample file, it uses
sed
to substitute final
${
OEROOT
}
values for all ##OEROOT##
values.
TEMPLATECONF
variable
scripts/oe-setup-builddir
script in the
Source Directory.
You can find the Yocto Project version of the
bblayers.conf.sample
file in the
meta-yocto/conf
directory.
This file indicates the state of the sanity checks and is created during the build.
This directory contains downloaded upstream source tarballs.
You can reuse the directory for multiple builds or move
the directory to another location.
You can control the location of this directory through the
DL_DIR
variable.
This directory contains the shared state cache.
You can reuse the directory for multiple builds or move
the directory to another location.
You can control the location of this directory through the
SSTATE_DIR
variable.
The OpenEmbedded build system creates and uses this directory
for all the build system's output.
The
TMPDIR
variable points to this directory.
BitBake creates this directory if it does not exist.
As a last resort, to clean up a build and start it from scratch
(other than the downloads), you can remove everything in the
tmp
directory or get rid of the
directory completely.
If you do, you should also completely remove the
build/sstate-cache
directory.
When BitBake parses the metadata, it creates a cache file of the result that can be used when subsequently running commands. BitBake stores these results here on a per-machine basis.
This directory contains any "end result" output from the
OpenEmbedded build process.
The DEPLOY_DIR
variable points to this directory.
For more detail on the contents of the deploy
directory, see the
"Images" and
"Application Development SDK"
sections.
This directory receives any .deb
packages produced by
the build process.
The packages are sorted into feeds for different architecture types.
This directory receives any .rpm
packages produced by
the build process.
The packages are sorted into feeds for different architecture types.
This directory receives package licensing information.
For example, the directory contains sub-directories for bash
,
busybox
, and eglibc
(among others) that in turn
contain appropriate COPYING
license files with other licensing information.
For information on licensing, see the
"Maintaining Open Source License Compliance During Your Product's Lifecycle"
section.
This directory receives complete filesystem images. If you want to flash the resulting image from a build onto a device, look here for the image.
Be careful when deleting files in this directory.
You can safely delete old images from this directory (e.g.
core-image-*
, hob-image-*
,
etc.).
However, the kernel (*zImage*
, *uImage*
, etc.),
bootloader and other supplementary files might be deployed here prior to building an
image.
Because these files are not directly produced from the image, if you
delete them they will not be automatically re-created when you build the image again.
If you do accidentally delete files here, you will need to force them to be re-created. In order to do that, you will need to know the target that produced them. For example, these commands rebuild and re-create the kernel files:
$ bitbake -c clean virtual/kernel $ bitbake virtual/kernel
The OpenEmbedded build system creates this directory to hold toolchain installer scripts, which when executed, install the sysroot that matches your target hardware. You can find out more about these installers in the "Optionally Building a Toolchain Installer" section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.
The OpenEmbedded build system uses this directory for the shared state manifest files. The shared state code uses these files to record the files installed by each sstate task so that the files can be removed when cleaning the recipe or when a newer version is about to be installed. The build system also uses the manifests to detect and produce a warning when files from one task are overwriting those from another.
This directory contains shared header files and libraries as well as other shared data. Packages that need to share output with other packages do so within this directory. The directory is subdivided by architecture so multiple builds can run within the one Build Directory.
This directory holds information that BitBake uses for accounting purposes to track what tasks have run and when they have run. The directory is sub-divided by architecture, package name, and version. Following is an example:
stamps/all-poky-linux/distcc-config/1.0-r0.do_build-2fdd....2do
Although the files in the directory are empty of data, BitBake uses the filenames and timestamps for tracking purposes.
This directory contains general logs that are not otherwise placed using the
package's WORKDIR
.
Examples of logs are the output from the check_pkg
or
distro_check
tasks.
Running a build does not necessarily mean this directory is created.
This directory contains architecture-specific work sub-directories
for packages built by BitBake.
All tasks execute from the appropriate work directory.
For example, the source for a particular package is unpacked,
patched, configured and compiled all within its own work directory.
Within the work directory, organization is based on the package group
and version for which the source is being compiled
as defined by the
WORKDIR
.
It is worth considering the structure of a typical work directory.
As an example, consider linux-yocto-kernel-3.0
on the machine qemux86
built within the Yocto Project.
For this package, a work directory of
tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto/3.0+git1+<.....>
,
referred to as the
WORKDIR
, is created.
Within this directory, the source is unpacked to
linux-qemux86-standard-build
and then patched by Quilt.
(See the
"Using a Quilt Flow"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual for more information.)
Within the linux-qemux86-standard-build
directory,
standard Quilt directories linux-3.0/patches
and linux-3.0/.pc
are created,
and standard Quilt commands can be used.
There are other directories generated within WORKDIR
.
The most important directory is WORKDIR/temp/
,
which has log files for each task (log.do_*.pid
)
and contains the scripts BitBake runs for each task
(run.do_*.pid
).
The WORKDIR/image/
directory is where "make
install" places its output that is then split into sub-packages
within WORKDIR/packages-split/
.
As mentioned previously, Metadata is the core of the Yocto Project. Metadata has several important subdivisions:
This directory contains the *.bbclass
files.
Class files are used to abstract common code so it can be reused by multiple
packages.
Every package inherits the base.bbclass
file.
Examples of other important classes are autotools.bbclass
, which
in theory allows any Autotool-enabled package to work with the Yocto Project with minimal effort.
Another example is kernel.bbclass
that contains common code and functions
for working with the Linux kernel.
Functions like image generation or packaging also have their specific class files
such as image.bbclass
, rootfs_*.bbclass
and
package*.bbclass
.
For reference information on classes, see the "Classes" chapter.
This directory contains the core set of configuration files that start from
bitbake.conf
and from which all other configuration
files are included.
See the include statements at the end of the
bitbake.conf
file and you will note that even
local.conf
is loaded from there.
While bitbake.conf
sets up the defaults, you can often override
these by using the (local.conf
) file, machine file or
the distribution configuration file.
This directory contains all the machine configuration files.
If you set MACHINE = "qemux86"
,
the OpenEmbedded build system looks for a qemux86.conf
file in this
directory.
The include
directory contains various data common to multiple machines.
If you want to add support for a new machine to the Yocto Project, look in this directory.
The contents of this directory controls any distribution-specific
configurations.
For the Yocto Project, the defaultsetup.conf
is the main file here.
This directory includes the versions and the
SRCDATE
definitions for applications that are configured here.
An example of an alternative configuration might be poky-bleeding.conf
.
Although this file mainly inherits its configuration from Poky.
The OpenEmbedded build system searches this directory for
configuration files that correspond to the value of
SDKMACHINE
.
By default, 32-bit and 64-bit x86 files ship with the Yocto
Project that support some SDK hosts.
However, it is possible to extend that support to other SDK hosts
by adding additional configuration files in this subdirectory
within another layer.
This directory contains common license files and several text files used by the build system. The text files contain minimal device information and lists of files and directories with known permissions.
This directory contains OpenEmbedded Python library code used during the build process.
This directory contains anything linking to specific hardware or hardware configuration information such as "u-boot" and "grub".
This directory contains libraries and applications related to communication with other devices.
This directory contains what is needed to build a basic working Linux image including commonly used dependencies.
This directory contains tools that are primarily used by the build system. The tools, however, can also be used on targets.
This directory contains non-essential applications that add features compared to the alternatives in core. You might need this directory for full tool functionality or for Linux Standard Base (LSB) compliance.
This directory contains all things related to the GTK+ application framework.
This directory contains X and other graphically related system libraries
This directory contains the kernel and generic applications and libraries that have strong kernel dependencies.
This directory contains recipes specifically added to support the Linux Standard Base (LSB) version 4.x.
This directory contains codecs and support utilities for audio, images and video.
This directory contains all things related to the Qt application framework.
This directory contains package and image recipes for using and testing
the PREEMPT_RT
kernel.
This directory contains the Sato demo/reference UI/UX and its associated applications and configuration data.
This directory contains recipes used by other recipes, but that are not directly included in images (i.e. dependencies of other recipes).
This directory contains a list of cached results for various architectures. Because certain "autoconf" test results cannot be determined when cross-compiling due to the tests not able to run on a live system, the information in this directory is passed to "autoconf" for the various architectures.
Table of Contents
allarch.bbclass
archiver.bbclass
autotools.bbclass
autotools-brokensep.bbclass
base.bbclass
bin_package.bbclass
binconfig.bbclass
blacklist.bbclass
boot-directdisk.bbclass
bootimg.bbclass
bugzilla.bbclass
buildhistory.bbclass
buildstats.bbclass
ccache.bbclass
chrpath.bbclass
clutter.bbclass
cmake.bbclass
cml1.bbclass
copyleft_compliance.bbclass
core-image.bbclass
cpan.bbclass
cross.bbclass
cross-canadian.bbclass
crosssdk.bbclass
debian.bbclass
deploy.bbclass
devshell.bbclass
distro_features_check.bbclass
distrodata.bbclass
distutils.bbclass
distutils3.bbclass
externalsrc.bbclass
extrausers.bbclass
fontcache.bbclass
gconf.bbclass
gettext.bbclass
gnome.bbclass
gnomebase.bbclass
grub-efi.bbclass
gsettings.bbclass
gtk-doc.bbclass
gtk-icon-cache.bbclass
gtk-immodules-cache.bbclass
gzipnative.bbclass
icecc.bbclass
image.bbclass
image_types.bbclass
image_types_uboot.bbclass
image-live.bbclass
image-mklibs.bbclass
image-prelink.bbclass
image-swab.bbclass
image-vmdk.bbclass
insane.bbclass
insserv.bbclass
kernel.bbclass
kernel-arch.bbclass
kernel-module-split.bbclass
kernel-yocto.bbclass
lib_package.bbclass
license.bbclass
linux-kernel-base.bbclass
logging.bbclass
meta.bbclass
metadata_scm.bbclass
mime.bbclass
mirrors.bbclass
module.bbclass
module-base.bbclass
multilib*.bbclass
native.bbclass
nativesdk.bbclass
oelint.bbclass
own-mirrors.bbclass
package.bbclass
package_deb.bbclass
package_ipk.bbclass
package_rpm.bbclass
package_tar.bbclass
packagedata.bbclass
packagegroup.bbclass
packageinfo.bbclass
patch.bbclass
perlnative.bbclass
pixbufcache.bbclass
pkgconfig.bbclass
populate_sdk.bbclass
populate_sdk_*.bbclass
prexport.bbclass
primport.bbclass
prserv.bbclass
ptest.bbclass
python-dir.bbclass
pythonnative.bbclass
qemu.bbclass
qmake*.bbclass
qt4*.bbclass
relocatable.bbclass
report-error.bbclass
rm_work.bbclass
rootfs*.bbclass
sanity.bbclass
scons.bbclass
sdl.bbclass
setuptools.bbclass
setuptools3.bbclass
sip.bbclass
siteconfig.bbclass
siteinfo.bbclass
spdx.bbclass
sstate.bbclass
staging.bbclass
syslinux.bbclass
systemd.bbclass
terminal.bbclass
testimage.bbclass
tinderclient.bbclass
toaster.bbclass
toolchain-scripts.bbclass
typecheck.bbclass
uboot-config.bbclass
update-alternatives.bbclass
update-rc.d.bbclass
useradd.bbclass
useradd-staticids.bbclass
utility-tasks.bbclass
utils.bbclass
vala.bbclass
waf.bbclass
Class files are used to abstract common functionality and share it amongst
multiple recipe (.bb
) files.
To use a class file, you simply make sure the recipe inherits the class.
In most cases, when a recipe inherits a class it is enough to enable its
features.
There are cases, however, where in the recipe you might need to set
variables or override some default behavior.
Any Metadata usually
found in a recipe can also be placed in a class file.
Class files are identified by the extension .bbclass
and are usually placed in a classes/
directory beneath
the meta*/
directory found in the
Source Directory.
Class files can also be pointed to by
BUILDDIR
(e.g. build/
) in the same way as
.conf
files in the conf
directory.
Class files are searched for in
BBPATH
using the same method by which .conf
files are
searched.
This chapter discusses only the most useful and important classes.
Other classes do exist within the meta/classes
directory in the
Source Directory.
You can reference the .bbclass
files directly
for more information.
The allarch
class is inherited
by recipes that do not produce architecture-specific output.
The class disables functionality that is normally needed for recipes
that produce executable binaries (such as building the cross-compiler
and a C library as pre-requisites, and splitting out of debug symbols
during packaging).
By default, all recipes inherit the
base
and
package
classes, which enable functionality
needed for recipes that produce executable output.
If your recipe, for example, only produces packages that contain
configuration files, media files, or scripts (e.g. Python and Perl),
then it should inherit the allarch
class.
The archiver
class supports releasing
source code and other materials with the binaries.
For more details on the source archiver, see the "Maintaining Open Source License Compliance During Your Product's Lifecycle" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The autotools
class supports Autotooled
packages.
The autoconf
, automake
,
and libtool
bring standardization.
This class defines a set of tasks (configure, compile etc.) that
work for all Autotooled packages.
It should usually be enough to define a few standard variables
and then simply inherit autotools
.
This class can also work with software that emulates Autotools.
For more information, see the
"Autotooled Package"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
It's useful to have some idea of how the tasks defined by this class work and what they do behind the scenes.
do_configure
‐ Regenerates the
configure script (using autoreconf
) and then launches it
with a standard set of arguments used during cross-compilation.
You can pass additional parameters to configure
through the
EXTRA_OECONF
variable.
do_compile
‐ Runs make
with
arguments that specify the compiler and linker.
You can pass additional arguments through
the EXTRA_OEMAKE
variable.
do_install
‐ Runs make install
and passes in
${
D
}
as DESTDIR
.
autotools
class supports out-of-tree builds
(B
!=
S
).
If your recipes do not support out-of-tree builds, you should
have them inherit the
autotools-brokensep
class.
The autotools-brokensep
class behaves the same
as the
autotools
class but builds with
B
==
S
.
This method is useful when out-of-tree build support is either not
present or is broken.
The base
class is special in that every
.bb
file implicitly inherits the class.
This class contains definitions for standard basic
tasks such as fetching, unpacking, configuring (empty by default),
compiling (runs any Makefile
present), installing
(empty by default) and packaging (empty by default).
These classes are often overridden or extended by other classes
such as the
autotools
class or the
package
class.
The class also contains some commonly used functions such as
oe_runmake
.
The bin_package
class is a
helper class for recipes that extract the contents of a binary package
(e.g. an RPM) and install those contents rather than building the
binary from source.
The binary package is extracted and new packages in the configured
output package format are created.
${BP}
is used so that
the files are extracted into the subdirectory expected by the
default value of
S
:
SRC_URI = "http://example.com/downloads/somepackage.rpm;subdir=${BP}"
The binconfig
class helps to correct paths in
shell scripts.
Before pkg-config
had become widespread, libraries
shipped shell scripts to give information about the libraries and
include paths needed to build software (usually named
LIBNAME-config
).
This class assists any recipe using such scripts.
During staging, the OpenEmbedded build system installs such scripts
into the sysroots/
directory.
Inheriting this class results in all paths in these scripts being
changed to point into the sysroots/
directory so
that all builds that use the script use the correct directories
for the cross compiling layout.
See the
BINCONFIG_GLOB
variable for more information.
The blacklist
class prevents
the OpenEmbedded build system from building specific recipes
(blacklists them).
To use this class, inherit the class globally and set
PNBLACKLIST
for each recipe you wish to blacklist.
Specify the PN
value as a variable flag (varflag) and provide a reason, which is
reported, if the package is requested to be built as the value.
For example, if you want to blacklist a recipe called "exoticware",
you add the following to your local.conf
or distribution configuration:
INHERIT += "blacklist" PNBLACKLIST[exoticware] = "Not supported by our organization."
The boot-directdisk
class
creates an image that can be placed directly onto a hard disk using
dd
and then booted.
The image uses SYSLINUX.
The end result is a 512 boot sector populated with a
Master Boot Record (MBR) and partition table followed by an MSDOS
FAT16 partition containing SYSLINUX and a Linux kernel completed by
the ext2
and ext3
root filesystems.
The bootimg
class creates a bootable
image using SYSLINUX, your kernel, and an optional initial RAM disk
(initrd
).
When you use this class, two things happen:
A .hddimg
file is created.
This file is an MSDOS filesystem that contains SYSLINUX,
a kernel, an initrd
, and a root filesystem
image.
All three of these can be written to hard drives directly and
also booted on a USB flash disks using dd
.
A CD .iso
image is created.
When this file is booted, the initrd
boots and processes the label selected in SYSLINUX.
Actions based on the label are then performed (e.g. installing
to a hard drive).
The bootimg
class supports the
INITRD
,
NOISO
,
NOHDD
, and
ROOTFS
variables.
The bugzilla
class supports setting up an
instance of Bugzilla in which you can automatically files bug reports
in response to build failures.
For this class to work, you need to enable the XML-RPC interface in
the instance of Bugzilla.
The buildhistory
class records a
history of build output metadata, which can be used to detect possible
regressions as well as used for analysis of the build output.
For more information on using Build History, see the
"Maintaining Build Output Quality"
section.
The buildstats
class records
performance statistics about each task executed during the build
(e.g. elapsed time, CPU usage, and I/O usage).
When you use this class, the output goes into the
BUILDSTATS_BASE
directory, which defaults to ${TMPDIR}/buildstats/
.
You can analyze the elapsed time using
scripts/pybootchartgui/pybootchartgui.py
, which
produces a cascading chart of the entire build process and can be
useful for highlighting bottlenecks.
Collecting build statistics is enabled by default through the
USER_CLASSES
variable from your local.conf
file.
Consequently, you do not have to do anything to enable the class.
However, if you want to disable the class, simply remove "buildstats"
from the USER_CLASSES
list.
The ccache
class enables the
C/C++ Compiler Cache
for the build.
This class is used to give a minor performance boost during the build.
However, using the class can lead to unexpected side-effects.
Thus, it is recommended that you do not use this class.
See http://ccache.samba.org/ for information on
the C/C++ Compiler Cache.
The chrpath
class
is a wrapper around the "chrpath" utility, which is used during the
build process for nativesdk
,
cross
, and
cross-canadian
recipes to change
RPATH
records within binaries in order to make
them relocatable.
The clutter
class consolidates the
major and minor version naming and other common items used by Clutter
and related recipes.
The cmake
class allows for
recipes that need to build software using the CMake build system.
You can use the
EXTRA_OECMAKE
variable to specify additional configuration options to be passed on
the cmake
command line.
The cml1
class provides basic support for the
Linux kernel style build configuration system.
The copyleft_compliance
class
preserves source code for the purposes of license compliance.
This class is an alternative to the archiver
class and is still used by some users even though it has been
deprecated in favor of the
archiver
class.
The core-image
class
provides common definitions for the
core-image-*
image recipes, such as support for
additional
IMAGE_FEATURES
.
The cpan
class supports Perl modules.
Recipes for Perl modules are simple. These recipes usually only need to point to the source's archive and then inherit the proper class file. Building is split into two methods depending on which method the module authors used.
Modules that use old
Makefile.PL
-based build system require
cpan.bbclass
in their recipes.
Modules that use
Build.PL
-based build system require
using cpan_build.bbclass
in their recipes.
The cross
class provides support for the recipes
that build the cross-compilation tools.
The cross-canadian
class
provides support for the recipes that build the Canadian
Cross-compilation tools for SDKs.
See the
"Cross-Development Toolchain Generation"
section for more discussion on these cross-compilation tools.
The crosssdk
class
provides support for the recipes that build the cross-compilation
tools used for building SDKs.
See the
"Cross-Development Toolchain Generation"
section for more discussion on these cross-compilation tools.
The debian
class renames output packages so that
they follow the Debian naming policy (i.e. eglibc
becomes libc6
and eglibc-devel
becomes libc6-dev
.)
Renaming includes the library name and version as part of the package
name.
If a recipe creates packages for multiple libraries
(shared object files of .so
type), use the
LEAD_SONAME
variable in the recipe to specify the library on which to apply the
naming scheme.
The deploy
class handles deploying files
to the
DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE
directory.
The main function of this class is to allow the deploy step to be
accelerated by shared state.
Recipes that inherit this class should define their own
do_deploy
function to copy the files to be
deployed to
DEPLOYDIR
,
and use addtask
to add the task at the appropriate
place, which is usually after do_compile
or
do_install
.
The class then takes care of staging the files from
DEPLOYDIR
to
DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE
.
The devshell
class adds the
devshell
task.
Distribution policy dictates whether to include this class.
See the
"Using a Development Shell" section
in the Yocto Project Development Manual for more information about
using devshell
.
The distro_features_check
class
allows individual recipes to check for required and conflicting
DISTRO_FEATURES
.
This class provides support for the
REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES
and
CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES
variables.
If any conditions specified in the recipe using the above variables are
not met, the recipe will be skipped.
The distrodata
class
provides for automatic checking for upstream recipe updates.
The class creates a comma-separated value (CSV) spreadsheet that
contains information about the recipes.
The information provides the distrodata
and
distro_check
tasks, which do upstream checking
and also verify if a package is used in multiple major distributions.
The class is not included by default.
To use it, you must include the following files and set the
INHERIT
variable:
include conf/distro/include/distro_alias.inc include conf/distro/include/recipe_color.inc include conf/distro/include/maintainers.inc include conf/distro/include/upstream_tracking.inc include conf/distro/include/package_regex.inc INHERIT+= "distrodata"
The distutils
class supports recipes for Python
version 2.x extensions, which are simple.
These recipes usually only need to point to the source's archive and
then inherit the proper class.
Building is split into two methods depending on which method the
module authors used.
Extensions that use an Autotools-based build system
require Autotools and
distutils
-based classes in their recipes.
Extensions that use build systems based on
distutils
require
the distutils
class in their recipes.
Extensions that use build systems based on
setuptools
require the
setuptools
class in their recipes.
The distutils3
class supports recipes for Python
version 3.x extensions, which are simple.
These recipes usually only need to point to the source's archive and
then inherit the proper class.
Building is split into two methods depending on which method the
module authors used.
Extensions that use an Autotools-based build system
require Autotools and
distutils
-based classes in their recipes.
Extensions that use
distutils
-based build systems require
the distutils
class in their recipes.
Extensions that use build systems based on
setuptools3
require the
setuptools3
class in their recipes.
The externalsrc
class supports building software
from source code that is external to the OpenEmbedded build system.
Building software from an external source tree means that the build
system's normal fetch, unpack, and patch process is not used.
By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the
S
and
B
variables to
locate unpacked recipe source code and to build it, respectively.
When your recipe inherits the externalsrc
class,
you use the
EXTERNALSRC
and
EXTERNALSRC_BUILD
variables to ultimately define S
and
B
.
By default, this class expects the source code to support recipe builds
that use the B
variable to point to the directory in which the OpenEmbedded build
system places the generated objects built from the recipes.
By default, the B
directory is set to the
following, which is separate from the source directory
(S
):
${WORKDIR}/${BPN}/{PV}/
See these variables for more information:
WORKDIR
,
BPN
, and
PV
,
For more information on the
externalsrc
class, see the comments in
meta/classes/externalsrc.bbclass
in the
Source Directory.
For information on how to use the externalsrc
class, see the
"Building Software from an External Source"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The extrausers
class allows
additional user and group configuration to be applied at the image
level.
Inheriting this class either globally or from an image recipe allows
additional user and group operations to be performed using the
EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS
variable.
extrausers
class are not tied to a specific
recipe outside of the recipe for the image.
Thus, the operations can be performed across the image as a whole.
Use the
useradd
class to add user and group configuration to a specific recipe.
Here is an example that uses this class in an image recipe:
inherit extrausers EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ useradd -p '' tester; \ groupadd developers; \ userdel nobody; \ groupdel -g video; \ groupmod -g 1020 developers; \ usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \ "
The fontcache
class generates the
proper post-install and post-remove (postinst and postrm)
scriptlets for font packages.
These scriptlets call fc-cache
(part of
Fontconfig
) to add the fonts to the font
information cache.
Since the cache files are architecture-specific,
fc-cache
runs using QEMU if the postinst
scriptlets need to be run on the build host during image creation.
If the fonts being installed are in packages other than the main
package, set
FONT_PACKAGES
to specify the packages containing the fonts.
The gconf
class provides common
functionality for recipes that need to install GConf schemas.
The schemas will be put into a separate package
(${
PN
}-gconf
)
that is created automatically when this class is inherited.
This package uses the appropriate post-install and post-remove
(postinst/postrm) scriptlets to register and unregister the schemas
in the target image.
The gettext
class provides support for
building software that uses the GNU gettext
internationalization and localization system.
All recipes building software that use
gettext
should inherit this class.
The gnome
class supports recipes that
build software from the GNOME stack.
This class inherits the
gnomebase
,
gtk-icon-cache
,
gconf
and
mime
classes.
The class also disables GObject introspection where applicable.
The gnomebase
class is the base
class for recipes that build software from the GNOME stack.
This class sets
SRC_URI
to
download the source from the GNOME mirrors as well as extending
FILES
with the typical GNOME installation paths.
The grub-efi
class provides grub-efi
-specific functions for
building bootable images.
This class supports several variables:
INITRD
:
Indicates a filesystem image to use as an initrd (optional).
ROOTFS
:
Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem
(optional).
GRUB_GFXSERIAL
:
Set this to "1" to have graphics and serial in the boot menu.
LABELS
:
A list of targets for the automatic configuration.
APPEND
:
An override list of append strings for each
LABEL
.
GRUB_OPTS
:
Additional options to add to the configuration (optional).
Options are delimited using semi-colon characters
(;
).
GRUB_TIMEOUT
:
Timeout before executing the default LABEL
(optional).
The gsettings
class
provides common functionality for recipes that need to install
GSettings (glib) schemas.
The schemas are assumed to be part of the main package.
Appropriate post-install and post-remove (postinst/postrm)
scriptlets are added to register and unregister the schemas in the
target image.
The gtk-doc
class
is a helper class to pull in the appropriate
gtk-doc
dependencies and disable
gtk-doc
.
The gtk-icon-cache
class
generates the proper post-install and post-remove (postinst/postrm)
scriptlets for packages that use GTK+ and install icons.
These scriptlets call gtk-update-icon-cache
to add
the fonts to GTK+'s icon cache.
Since the cache files are architecture-specific,
gtk-update-icon-cache
is run using QEMU if the
postinst scriptlets need to be run on the build host during image
creation.
The gtk-immodules-cache
class
generates the proper post-install and post-remove (postinst/postrm)
scriptlets for packages that install GTK+ input method modules for
virtual keyboards.
These scriptlets call gtk-update-icon-cache
to add
the input method modules to the cache.
Since the cache files are architecture-specific,
gtk-update-icon-cache
is run using QEMU if the
postinst scriptlets need to be run on the build host during image
creation.
If the input method modules being installed are in packages other than
the main package, set
GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES
to specify the packages containing the modules.
The gzipnative
class enables the use of native versions of gzip
and pigz
rather than the versions of these tools
from the build host.
The icecc
class supports
Icecream, which
facilitates taking compile jobs and distributing them among remote
machines.
The class stages directories with symlinks from gcc
and g++
to icecc
, for both
native and cross compilers.
Depending on each configure or compile, the OpenEmbedded build system
adds the directories at the head of the PATH
list
and then sets the ICECC_CXX
and
ICEC_CC
variables, which are the paths to the
g++
and gcc
compilers,
respectively.
For the cross compiler, the class creates a tar.gz
file that contains the Yocto Project toolchain and sets
ICECC_VERSION
, which is the version of the
cross-compiler used in the cross-development toolchain, accordingly.
The class handles all three different compile stages
(i.e native ,cross-kernel and target) and creates the necessary
environment tar.gz
file to be used by the remote
machines.
The class also supports SDK generation.
If ICECC_PATH
is not set in your local.conf
file, then the
class tries to locate the icecc
binary
using which
.
If
ICECC_ENV_EXEC
is set in your local.conf
file, the variable should
point to the icecc-create-env
script
provided by the user.
If you do not point to a user-provided script, the build system
uses the default script provided by the recipe
icecc-create-env-native.bb
.
icecc
.
If you do not want the Icecream distributed compile support to apply
to specific recipes or classes, you can effectively "blacklist" them
by listing the recipes and classes using the
ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL
and
ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL
,
variables, respectively, in your local.conf
file.
Doing so causes the OpenEmbedded build system to handle these
compilations locally.
Additionally, you can list recipes using the
ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL
variable in your local.conf
file to force
icecc
to be enabled for recipes using an empty
PARALLEL_MAKE
variable.
Inheriting the icecc
class changes all sstate
signatures.
Consequently, if a development team has a dedicated build system
that populates
STATE_MIRRORS
and they want to reuse sstate from
STATE_MIRRORS
, then all developers and the
build system need to either inherit the icecc
class or nobody should.
At the distribution level, you can inherit the
icecc
class to be sure that all builders start
with the same sstate signatures.
After inheriting the class, you can then disable the feature by setting
the
ICECC_DISABLED
variable to "1" as follows:
INHERIT_DISTRO_append = " icecc" ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1"
This practice makes sure everyone is using the same signatures but also
requires individuals that do want to use Icecream to enable the feature
individually as follows in your local.conf
file:
ICECC_DISABLED = ""
The image
class helps support creating images
in different formats.
First, the root filesystem is created from packages using
one of the rootfs*.bbclass
files (depending on the package format used) and then one or more image
files are created.
The
IMAGE_FSTYPES
variable controls the types of images to generate.
The
IMAGE_INSTALL
variable controls the list of packages to install into the
image.
For information on customizing images, see the "Customizing Images" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual. For information on how images are created, see the "Images" section elsewhere in this manual.
The image_types
class defines all of
the standard image output types that you can enable through the
IMAGE_FSTYPES
variable.
You can use this class as a reference on how to add support for custom
image output types.
By default, this class is enabled through the
IMAGE_CLASSES
variable in
image.bbclass
.
If you define your own image types using a custom BitBake class and
then use IMAGE_CLASSES
to enable it, the custom
class must either inherit image_types
or
image_types
must also appear in
IMAGE_CLASSES
.
The image_types_uboot
class
defines additional image types specifically for the U-Boot bootloader.
The image-live
class supports building "live"
images.
Normally, you do not use this class directly.
Instead, you add "live" to
IMAGE_FSTYPES
.
For example, if you were building an ISO image, you would add "live"
to IMAGE_FSTYPES
, set the
NOISO
variable to
"0" and the build system would use the image-live
class to build the ISO image.
The image-mklibs
class
enables the use of the mklibs
utility during the
do_rootfs
task, which optimizes the size of
libraries contained in the image.
By default, the class is enabled in the
local.conf.template
using the
USER_CLASSES
variable as follows:
USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink"
The image-prelink
class
enables the use of the prelink
utility during
the do_rootfs
task, which optimizes the dynamic
linking of shared libraries to reduce executable startup time.
By default, the class is enabled in the
local.conf.template
using the
USER_CLASSES
variable as follows:
USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink"
The image-swab
class enables the
Swabber
tool in order to detect and log accesses to the host system during
the OpenEmbedded build process.
The image-vmdk
class supports building VMware
VMDK images.
Normally, you do not use this class directly.
Instead, you add "vmdk" to
IMAGE_FSTYPES
.
The insane
class adds a step to the package
generation process so that output quality assurance checks are
generated by the OpenEmbedded build system.
A range of checks are performed that check the build's output
for common problems that show up during runtime.
Distribution policy usually dictates whether to include this class.
You can configure the sanity checks so that specific test failures either raise a warning or an error message. Typically, failures for new tests generate a warning. Subsequent failures for the same test would then generate an error message once the metadata is in a known and good condition.
Use the
WARN_QA
and
ERROR_QA
variables to control the behavior of
these checks at the global level (i.e. in your custom distro
configuration).
However, to skip one or more checks in recipes, you should use
INSANE_SKIP
.
For example, to skip the check for symbolic link
.so
files in the main package of a recipe,
add the following to the recipe.
You need to realize that the package name override, in this example
${PN}
, must be used:
INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so"
Please keep in mind that the QA checks exist in order to detect real or potential problems in the packaged output. So exercise caution when disabling these checks.
The following list shows the tests you can list with the
WARN_QA
and ERROR_QA
variables:
already-stripped:
Checks that produced binaries have not already been
stripped prior to the build system extracting debug symbols.
It is common for upstream software projects to default to
stripping debug symbols for output binaries.
In order for debugging to work on the target using
-dbg
packages, this stripping must be
disabled.
arch:
Checks the Executable and Linkable Format (ELF) type, bit size,
and endianness of any binaries to ensure they match the target
architecture.
This test fails if any binaries do not match the type since
there would be an incompatibility.
The test could indicate that the
wrong compiler or compiler options have been used.
Sometimes software, like bootloaders, might need to bypass
this check.
buildpaths:
Checks for paths to locations on the build host inside the
output files.
Currently, this test triggers too many false positives and
thus is not normally enabled.
compile-host-path:
Checks the do_compile
log for indications
that paths to locations on the build host were used.
Using such paths might result in host contamination of the
build output.
debug-deps:
Checks that -dbg
packages only depend on other
-dbg
packages and not on any other types of packages,
which would cause a packaging bug.
debug-files:
Checks for .debug
directories in anything but the
-dbg
package.
The debug files should all be in the -dbg
package.
Thus, anything packaged elsewhere is incorrect packaging.
dep-cmp:
Checks for invalid version comparison statements in runtime
dependency relationships between packages (i.e. in
RDEPENDS
,
RRECOMMENDS
,
RSUGGESTS
,
RPROVIDES
,
RREPLACES
,
and
RCONFLICTS
variable values).
Any invalid comparisons might trigger failures or undesirable
behavior when passed to the package manager.
desktop:
Runs the desktop-file-validate
program
against any .desktop
files to validate
their contents against the specification for
.desktop
files.
dev-deps:
Checks that -dev
packages only depend on other
-dev
packages and not on any other types of packages,
which would be a packaging bug.
dev-so:
Checks that the .so
symbolic links are in the
-dev
package and not in any of the other packages.
In general, these symlinks are only useful for development purposes.
Thus, the -dev
package is the correct location for
them.
Some very rare cases do exist for dynamically loaded modules where
these symlinks are needed instead in the main package.
files-invalid:
Checks for
FILES
variable values that contain "//", which is invalid.
incompatible-license:
Report when packages are excluded from being created due to
being marked with a license that is in
INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE
.
install-host-path:
Checks the do_install
log for indications
that paths to locations on the build host were used.
Using such paths might result in host contamination of the
build output.
installed-vs-shipped:
Reports when files have been installed within
do_install
but have not been included in
any package by way of the
FILES
variable.
Files that do not appear in any package cannot be present in
an image later on in the build process.
Ideally, all installed files should be packaged or not
installed at all.
These files can be deleted at the end of
do_install
if the files are not
needed in any package.
la:
Checks .la
files for any TMPDIR
paths.
Any .la
file containing these paths is incorrect since
libtool
adds the correct sysroot prefix when using the
files automatically itself.
ldflags:
Ensures that the binaries were linked with the
LDFLAGS
options provided by the build system.
If this test fails, check that the LDFLAGS
variable
is being passed to the linker command.
libdir:
Checks for libraries being installed into incorrect
(possibly hardcoded) installation paths.
For example, this test will catch recipes that install
/lib/bar.so
when
${base_libdir}
is "lib32".
Another example is when recipes install
/usr/lib64/foo.so
when
${libdir}
is "/usr/lib".
libexec:
Checks if a package contains files in
/usr/libexec
.
This check is not performed if the
libexecdir
variable has been set
explicitly to /usr/libexec
.
packages-list:
Checks for the same package being listed multiple times through
the PACKAGES
variable value.
Installing the package in this manner can cause errors during
packaging.
perm-config:
Reports lines in fs-perms.txt
that have
an invalid format.
perm-line:
Reports lines in fs-perms.txt
that have
an invalid format.
perm-link:
Reports lines in fs-perms.txt
that
specify 'link' where the specified target already exists.
perms:
Currently, this check is unused but reserved.
pkgconfig:
Checks .pc
files for any
TMPDIR
/WORKDIR
paths.
Any .pc
file containing these paths is incorrect
since pkg-config
itself adds the correct sysroot prefix
when the files are accessed.
pkgname:
Checks that all packages in
PACKAGES
have names that do not contain invalid characters (i.e.
characters other than 0-9, a-z, ., +, and -).
pkgv-undefined:
Checks to see if the PKGV
variable
is undefined during do_package
.
pkgvarcheck:
Checks through the variables
RDEPENDS
,
RRECOMMENDS
,
RSUGGESTS
,
RCONFLICTS
,
RPROVIDES
,
RREPLACES
,
FILES
,
ALLOW_EMPTY
,
pkg_preinst
,
pkg_postinst
,
pkg_prerm
and pkg_postrm
, and reports if there are
variable sets that are not package-specific.
Using these variables without a package suffix is bad practice,
and might unnecessarily complicate dependencies of other packages
within the same recipe or have other unintended consequences.
pn-overrides:
Checks that a recipe does not have a name
(PN
) value
that appears in
OVERRIDES
.
If a recipe is named such that its PN
value matches something already in
OVERRIDES
(e.g. PN
happens to be the same as
MACHINE
or
DISTRO
),
it can have unexpected consequences.
For example, assignments such as
FILES_${PN} = "xyz"
effectively turn into
FILES = "xyz"
.
rpaths:
Checks for rpaths in the binaries that contain build system paths such
as TMPDIR
.
If this test fails, bad -rpath
options are being
passed to the linker commands and your binaries have potential security
issues.
split-strip:
Reports that splitting or stripping debug symbols from binaries
has failed.
staticdev:
Checks for static library files (*.a
) in
non-staticdev
packages.
symlink-to-sysroot:
Checks for symlinks in packages that point into
TMPDIR
on the host.
Such symlinks will work on the host, but are clearly invalid
when running on the target.
textrel:
Checks for ELF binaries that contain relocations in their
.text
sections, which can result in a
performance impact at runtime.
unsafe-references-in-binaries:
Reports when a binary installed in
${base_libdir}
,
${base_bindir}
, or
${base_sbindir}
, depends on another
binary installed under ${exec_prefix}
.
This dependency is a concern if you want the system to remain
basically operable if /usr
is mounted
separately and is not mounted.
${base_libdir}
,
${base_bindir}
, and
${base_sbindir}
are
/lib
, /bin
, and
/sbin
, respectively.
The default for a binary installed
under ${exec_prefix}
is
/usr
.
unsafe-references-in-scripts:
Reports when a script file installed in
${base_libdir}
,
${base_bindir}
, or
${base_sbindir}
, depends on files
installed under ${exec_prefix}
.
This dependency is a concern if you want the system to remain
basically operable if /usr
is mounted
separately and is not mounted.
${base_libdir}
,
${base_bindir}
, and
${base_sbindir}
are
/lib
, /bin
, and
/sbin
, respectively.
The default for a binary installed
under ${exec_prefix}
is
/usr
.
useless-rpaths:
Checks for dynamic library load paths (rpaths) in the binaries that
by default on a standard system are searched by the linker (e.g.
/lib
and /usr/lib
).
While these paths will not cause any breakage, they do waste space and
are unnecessary.
var-undefined:
Reports when variables fundamental to packaging (i.e.
WORKDIR
,
DEPLOY_DIR
,
D
,
PN
, and
PKGD
) are
undefined during do_package
.
version-going-backwards:
If Build History is enabled, reports when a package
being written out has a lower version than the previously
written package under the same name.
If you are placing output packages into a feed and
upgrading packages on a target system using that feed, the
version of a package going backwards can result in the target
system not correctly upgrading to the "new" version of the
package.
xorg-driver-abi:
Checks that all packages containing Xorg drivers have ABI
dependencies.
The xserver-xorg
recipe provides driver
ABI names.
All drivers should depend on the ABI versions that they have
been built against.
Driver recipes that include
xorg-driver-input.inc
or xorg-driver-video.inc
will
automatically get these versions.
Consequently, you should only need to explicitly add
dependencies to binary driver recipes.
The insserv
class
uses the insserv
utility to update the order of
symbolic links in /etc/rc?.d/
within an image
based on dependencies specified by LSB headers in the
init.d
scripts themselves.
The kernel
class handles building Linux kernels.
The class contains code to build all kernel trees.
All needed headers are staged into the
STAGING_KERNEL_DIR
directory to allow out-of-tree module builds using
the
module
class.
This means that each built kernel module is packaged separately and inter-module
dependencies are created by parsing the modinfo
output.
If all modules are required, then installing the kernel-modules
package installs all packages with modules and various other kernel packages
such as kernel-vmlinux
.
Various other classes are used by the kernel
and module
classes internally including the
kernel-arch
,
module-base
,
and
linux-kernel-base
classes.
The kernel-arch
class
sets the ARCH
environment variable for Linux
kernel compilation (including modules).
The kernel-module-split
class
provides common functionality for splitting Linux kernel modules into
separate packages.
The kernel-yocto
class
provides common functionality for building from linux-yocto style
kernel source repositories.
The lib_package
class
supports recipes that build libraries and produce executable
binaries, where those binaries should not be installed by default
along with the library.
Instead, the binaries are added to a separate
${
PN
}-bin
package to make their installation optional.
The license
class provides license
manifest creation and license exclusion.
This class is enabled by default using the default value for the
INHERIT_DISTRO
variable.
The linux-kernel-base
class
provides common functionality for recipes that build out of the Linux
kernel source tree.
These builds goes beyond the kernel itself.
For example, the Perf recipe also inherits this class.
The logging
class provides the standard
shell functions used to log messages for various BitBake severity levels
(i.e. bbplain
, bbnote
,
bbwarn
, bberror
,
bbfatal
, and bbdebug
).
This class is enabled by default since it is inherited by
the base
class.
The meta
class is inherited by recipes
that do not build any output packages themselves, but act as a "meta"
target for building other recipes.
The metadata_scm
class provides functionality for
querying the branch and revision of a Source Code Manager (SCM)
repository.
The base
class uses this class to print the revisions of each layer before
starting every build.
The metadata_scm
class is enabled by default
because it is inherited by the base
class.
The mime
class generates the proper
post-install and post-remove (postinst/postrm) scriptlets for packages
that install MIME type files.
These scriptlets call update-mime-database
to add
the MIME types to the shared database.
The mirrors
class sets up some standard
MIRRORS
entries
for source code mirrors.
These mirrors provide a fall-back path in case the upstream source
specified in
SRC_URI
within recipes is unavailable.
This class is enabled by default since it is inherited by the
base
class.
The module
class provides support for building
out-of-tree Linux kernel modules.
The class inherits the
module-base
and
kernel-module-split
classes, and implements do_compile
and
do_install
functions.
The class provides everything needed to build and package a kernel
module.
For general information on out-of-tree Linux kernel modules, see the "Incorporating Out-of-Tree Modules" section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
The module-base
class provides the base
functionality for building Linux kernel modules.
Typically, a recipe that builds software that includes one or
more kernel modules and has its own means of building
the module inherits this class as opposed to inheriting the
module
class.
The multilib*
classes provide support
for building libraries with different target optimizations or target
architectures and installing them side-by-side in the same image.
For more information on using the Multilib feature, see the "Combining Multiple Versions of Library Files into One Image" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The native
class provides common
functionality for recipes that wish to build tools to run on the build
host (i.e. tools that use the compiler or other tools from the
build host).
You can create a recipe that builds tools that run natively on the host a couple different ways:
Create a myrecipe-native.bb
that inherits the native
class.
If you use this method, you must order the inherit statement
in the recipe after all other inherit statements so that the
native
class is inherited last.
Create or modify a target recipe that has adds the following:
BBCLASSEXTEND
= "native"
Inside the recipe, use _class-native
and
_class-target
overrides to specify any
functionality specific to the respective native or target
case.
Although applied differently, the native
class is
used with both methods.
The advantage of the second method is that you do not need to have two
separate recipes (assuming you need both) for native and target.
All common parts of the recipe are automatically shared.
The nativesdk
class provides common
functionality for recipes that wish to build tools to run as part of
an SDK (i.e. tools that run on
SDKMACHINE
).
You can create a recipe that builds tools that run on the SDK machine a couple different ways:
Create a myrecipe-nativesdk.bb
recipe that inherits the nativesdk
class.
If you use this method, you must order the inherit statement
in the recipe after all other inherit statements so that the
nativesdk
class is inherited last.
Create a nativesdk
variant
of any recipe by adding the following:
BBCLASSEXTEND
= "nativesdk"
Inside the recipe, use _class-nativesdk
and
_class-target
overrides to specify any
functionality specific to the respective SDK machine or target
case.
Although applied differently, the nativesdk
class
is used with both methods.
The advantage of the second method is that you do not need to have two
separate recipes (assuming you need both) for the SDK machine and the
target.
All common parts of the recipe are automatically shared.
The oelint
class is an
obsolete lint checking tool that exists in
meta/classes
in the
Source Directory.
A number of classes exist that are could be generally useful in
OE-Core but are never actually used within OE-Core itself.
The oelint
class is one such example.
However, being aware of this class can reduce the proliferation of
different versions of similar classes across multiple layers.
The own-mirrors
class makes it
easier to set up your own
PREMIRRORS
from which to first fetch source before attempting to fetch it from the
upstream specified in
SRC_URI
within each recipe.
To use this class, inherit it globally and specify
SOURCE_MIRROR_URL
.
Here is an example:
INHERIT += "own-mirrors" SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my-source-mirror"
You can specify only a single URL in
SOURCE_MIRROR_URL
.
The package
class supports generating
packages from a build's output.
The core generic functionality is in
package.bbclass
.
The code specific to particular package types resides in these
package-specific classes:
package_deb
,
package_rpm
,
package_ipk
,
and
package_tar
.
You can control the list of resulting package formats by using the
PACKAGE_CLASSES
variable defined in your conf/local.conf
configuration file, which is located in the
Build Directory.
When defining the variable, you can specify one or more package types.
Since images are generated from packages, a packaging class is
needed to enable image generation.
The first class listed in this variable is used for image generation.
If you take the optional step to set up a repository (package feed) on the development host that can be used by Smart, you can install packages from the feed while you are running the image on the target (i.e. runtime installation of packages). For more information, see the "Using Runtime Package Management" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The package-specific class you choose can affect build-time performance
and has space ramifications.
In general, building a package with IPK takes about thirty percent less
time as compared to using RPM to build the same or similar package.
This comparison takes into account a complete build of the package with
all dependencies previously built.
The reason for this discrepancy is because the RPM package manager
creates and processes more
Metadata than the
IPK package manager.
Consequently, you might consider setting
PACKAGE_CLASSES
to "package_ipk" if you are
building smaller systems.
Before making your package manager decision, however, you should consider some further things about using RPM:
RPM starts to provide more abilities than IPK due to the fact that it processes more Metadata. For example, this information includes individual file types, file checksum generation and evaluation on install, sparse file support, conflict detection and resolution for Multilib systems, ACID style upgrade, and repackaging abilities for rollbacks.
For smaller systems, the extra space used for the Berkeley Database and the amount of metadata when using RPM can affect your ability to perform on-device upgrades.
You can find additional information on the effects of the package class at these two Yocto Project mailing list links:
The package_deb
class
provides support for creating packages that use the
.deb
file format.
The class ensures the packages are written out to the
${
DEPLOY_DIR
}/deb
directory in a .deb
file format.
This class inherits the
package
class and is enabled through the
PACKAGE_CLASSES
variable in the local.conf
file.
The package_ipk
class
provides support for creating packages that use the
.ipk
file format.
The class ensures the packages are written out to the
${
DEPLOY_DIR
}/ipk
directory in a .ipk
file format.
This class inherits the
package
class and is enabled through the
PACKAGE_CLASSES
variable in the local.conf
file.
The package_rpm
class
provides support for creating packages that use the
.rpm
file format.
The class ensures the packages are written out to the
${
DEPLOY_DIR
}/rpm
directory in a .rpm
file format.
This class inherits the
package
class and is enabled through the
PACKAGE_CLASSES
variable in the local.conf
file.
The package_tar
class provides support for creating packages that use the
.tar
file format.
The class ensures the packages are written out to the
${
DEPLOY_DIR
}/tar
directory in a .tar
file format.
This class inherits the
package
class and is enabled through the
PACKAGE_CLASSES
variable in the local.conf
file.
package_tar
class
first using the PACKAGE_CLASSES
variable.
You must use .deb
,
.ipk
, or .rpm
file
formats for your image or SDK.
The packagedata
class provides
common functionality for reading pkgdata
files
found in
PKGDATA_DIR
.
These files contain information about each output package produced by
the OpenEmbedded build system.
This class is enabled by default because it is inherited by the
package
class.
The packagegroup
class sets default values
appropriate for package group recipes (e.g.
PACKAGES
,
PACKAGE_ARCH
,
ALLOW_EMPTY
,
and so forth).
It is highly recommended that all package group recipes inherit this class.
For information on how to use this class, see the "Customizing Images Using Custom Package Groups" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
Previously, this class was called the task
class.
The packageinfo
class
gives a BitBake user interface the ability to retrieve information
about output packages from the pkgdata
files.
This class is enabled automatically when using the Hob user interface.
The patch
class provides all functionality for
applying patches during the do_patch
task.
This class is enabled by default because it is inherited by the
base
class.
When inherited by a recipe, the perlnative
class
supports using the native version of Perl built by the build system
rather than using the version provided by the build host.
The pixbufcache
class generates the proper
post-install and post-remove (postinst/postrm) scriptlets for packages
that install pixbuf loaders, which are used with
gdk-pixbuf
.
These scriptlets call update_pixbuf_cache
to add the pixbuf loaders to the cache.
Since the cache files are architecture-specific,
update_pixbuf_cache
is run using QEMU if the
postinst scriptlets need to be run on the build host during image
creation.
If the pixbuf loaders being installed are in packages other
than the recipe's main package, set
PIXBUF_PACKAGES
to specify the packages containing the loaders.
The pkg-config
class provides a standard way to get
header and library information.
This class aims to smooth integration of
pkg-config
into libraries that use it.
During staging, BitBake installs pkg-config
data into the
sysroots/
directory.
By making use of sysroot functionality within pkg-config
,
this class no longer has to manipulate the files.
The populate_sdk
class provides support for
SDK-only recipes.
For information on advantages gained when building a cross-development
toolchain using the do_populate_sdk
task, see the
"Optionally Building a Toolchain Installer"
section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.
The populate_sdk_*
classes support SDK creation
and consist of the following classes:
populate_sdk_base
:
The base class supporting SDK creation under all package
managers (i.e. DEB, RPM, and IPK).
populate_sdk_deb
:
Supports creation of the SDK given the Debian package manager.
populate_sdk_rpm
:
Supports creation of the SDK given the RPM package manager.
populate_sdk_ipk
:
Supports creation of the SDK given the IPK package manager.
The populate_sdk_base
package inherits the
appropriate populate_sdk_*
(i.e.
deb
, rpm
, and
ipk
) based on
IMAGE_PKGTYPE
.
The base class ensures all source and destination directories are
established and then populates the SDK.
After populating the SDK, the populate_sdk_base
class constructs two images:
SDK_ARCH
-nativesdk
,
which contains the cross-compiler and associated tooling, and the
target, which contains a target root filesystem that is configured for
the SDK usage.
These two images reside in
SDK_OUTPUT
,
which consists of the following:
${SDK_OUTPUT}/<sdk_arch-nativesdk pkgs> ${SDK_OUTPUT}/${SDKTARGETSYSROOT}/<target pkgs>
Finally, the base populate SDK class creates the toolchain environment setup script, the tarball of the SDK, and the installer.
The respective populate_sdk_deb
,
populate_sdk_rpm
, and
populate_sdk_ipk
classes each support the
specific type of SDK.
These classes are inherited by and used with the
populate_sdk_base
class.
For more information on the cross-development toolchain
generation, see the
"Cross-Development Toolchain Generation"
section.
For information on advantages gained when building a
cross-development toolchain using the
do_populate_sdk
task, see the
"Optionally Building a Toolchain Installer"
section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.
The prexport
class provides functionality for
exporting
PR
values.
bitbake-prserv-tool export
".
The primport
class provides functionality for
importing
PR
values.
bitbake-prserv-tool import
".
The prserv
class provides functionality for
using a
PR service
in order to automatically manage the incrementing of the
PR
variable for
each recipe.
This class is enabled by default because it is inherited by the
package
class.
However, the OpenEmbedded build system will not enable the
functionality of this class unless
PRSERV_HOST
has been set.
The ptest
class provides functionality for
packaging and installing runtime tests for recipes that build software
that provides these tests.
This class is intended to be inherited by individual recipes.
However, the class' functionality is largely disabled unless "ptest"
appears in
DISTRO_FEATURES
.
See the
"Testing Packages With ptest"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual for more information
on ptest.
The python-dir
class provides the base version,
location, and site package location for Python.
When inherited by a recipe, the pythonnative
class
supports using the native version of Python built by the build system
rather than using the version provided by the build host.
The qemu
class provides functionality for recipes
that either need QEMU or test for the existence of QEMU.
Typically, this class is used to run programs for a target system on
the build host using QEMU's application emulation mode.
The qmake*
classes support recipes that
need to build software that uses Qt's qmake
build system and are comprised of the following:
qmake_base
:
Provides base functionality for all versions of
qmake
.
qmake2
:
Extends base functionality for qmake
2.x as
used by Qt 4.x.
If you need to set any configuration variables or pass any options to
qmake
, you can add these to the
EXTRA_QMAKEVARS_PRE
or
EXTRA_QMAKEVARS_POST
variables, depending on whether the arguments need to be before or
after the .pro
file list on the command line,
respectively.
By default, all .pro
files are built.
If you want to specify your own subset of .pro
files to be built, specify them in the
QMAKE_PROFILES
variable.
The qt4*
classes support recipes that need to
build software that uses the Qt development framework version 4.x
and consist of the following:
qt4e
:
Supports building against Qt/Embedded, which uses the
framebuffer for graphical output.
qt4x11
:
Supports building against Qt/X11.
The classes inherit the
qmake2
class.
The relocatable
class enables relocation of
binaries when they are installed into the sysroot.
This class makes use of the
chrpath
class and is used by both the
cross
and
native
classes.
The report-error
class supports enabling the
error reporting tool,
which allows you to submit build error information to a central
database.
The class collects debug information for recipe, recipe version, task,
machine, distro, build system, target system, host distro, branch,
commit, and log.
From the information, report files using a JSON format are created and
stored in
${
LOG_DIR
}/error-report
.
The rm_work
class supports deletion of temporary
workspace, which can ease your hard drive demands during builds.
The OpenEmbedded build system can use a substantial amount of disk
space during the build process.
A portion of this space is the work files under the
${TMPDIR}/work
directory for each recipe.
Once the build system generates the packages for a recipe, the work
files for that recipe are no longer needed.
However, by default, the build system preserves these files
for inspection and possible debugging purposes.
If you would rather have these files deleted to save disk space
as the build progresses, you can enable rm_work
by adding the following to your local.conf
file,
which is found in the
Build Directory.
INHERIT += "rm_work"
If you are modifying and building source code out of the work directory
for a recipe, enabling rm_work
will potentially
result in your changes to the source being lost.
To exclude some recipes from having their work directories deleted by
rm_work
, you can add the names of the recipe or
recipes you are working on to the RM_WORK_EXCLUDE
variable, which can also be set in your local.conf
file.
Here is an example:
RM_WORK_EXCLUDE += "busybox eglibc"
The rootfs*
classes support creating
the root filesystem for an image and consist of the following classes:
The rootfs_deb
class, which supports
creation of root filesystems for images built using
.deb
packages.
The rootfs_rpm
class, which supports
creation of root filesystems for images built using
.rpm
packages.
The rootfs_ipk
class, which supports
creation of root filesystems for images built using
.ipk
packages.
The root filesystem is created from packages using one of the
rootfs*.bbclass
files as determined by the
PACKAGE_CLASSES
variable.
For information on how root filesystem images are created, see the "Image Generation" section.
The sanity
class checks to see if prerequisite
software is present on the host system so that users can be notified
of potential problems that might affect their build.
The class also performs basic user configuration checks from
the local.conf
configuration file to
prevent common mistakes that cause build failures.
Distribution policy usually determines whether to include this class.
The scons
class supports recipes that need to
build software that uses the SCons build system.
You can use the
EXTRA_OESCONS
variable to specify additional configuration options you want to pass
SCons command line.
The sdl
class supports recipes that need to build
software that uses the Simple DirectMedia Layer (SDL) library.
The setuptools
class supports Python
version 2.x extensions that use build systems based on
setuptools
.
If your recipe uses these build systems, the recipe needs to
inherit the setuptools
class.
The setuptools3
class supports Python
version 3.x extensions that use build systems based on
setuptools3
.
If your recipe uses these build systems, the recipe needs to
inherit the setuptools3
class.
The siteconfig
class
provides functionality for handling site configuration.
The class is used by the
autotools
class to accelerate the do_configure
task.
The siteinfo
class provides information about
the targets that might be needed by other classes or recipes.
As an example, consider Autotools, which can require tests that must
execute on the target hardware.
Since this is not possible in general when cross compiling, site
information is used to provide cached test results so these tests can
be skipped over but still make the correct values available.
The
meta/site directory
contains test results sorted into different categories such as
architecture, endianness, and the libc
used.
Site information provides a list of files containing data relevant to
the current build in the
CONFIG_SITE
variable
that Autotools automatically picks up.
The class also provides variables like
SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS
and SITEINFO_BITS
that can be used elsewhere in the metadata.
Because the
base
class
includes the siteinfo
class, it is always active.
The spdx
class integrates real-time license
scanning, generation of SPDX standard output, and verification
of license information during the build.
The sstate
class provides support for Shared
State (sstate).
By default, the class is enabled through the
INHERIT_DISTRO
variable's default value.
For more information on sstate, see the "Shared State Cache" section.
The staging
class provides support for staging
files into the sysroot during the
do_populate_sysroot
task.
The class is enabled by default because it is inherited by the
base
class.
The syslinux
class provides syslinux-specific
functions for building bootable images.
The class supports the following variables:
INITRD
:
Indicates a filesystem image to use as an initial RAM disk
(initrd).
This variable is optional.
ROOTFS
:
Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem.
This variable is optional.
AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU
:
Enables creating an automatic menu when set to "1".
LABELS
:
Lists targets for automatic configuration.
APPEND
:
Lists append string overrides for each label.
SYSLINUX_OPTS
:
Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file.
Semicolon characters separate multiple options.
SYSLINUX_SPLASH
:
Lists a background for the VGA boot menu when you are using the
boot menu.
SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE
:
Set to "console=ttyX" to change kernel boot default console.
SYSLINUX_SERIAL
:
Sets an alternate serial port.
Or, turns off serial when the variable is set with an
empty string.
SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY
:
Sets an alternate "console=tty..." kernel boot argument.
The systemd
class provides support for recipes
that install systemd unit files.
The functionality for this class is disabled unless you have "systemd"
in
DISTRO_FEATURES
.
Under this class, the recipe or Makefile (i.e. whatever the recipe is
calling during the do_install
task) installs unit
files into
${
D
}${systemd_unitdir}/system
.
If the unit files being installed go into packages other than the
main package, you need to set
SYSTEMD_PACKAGES
in your recipe to identify the packages in which the files will be
installed.
You should set
SYSTEMD_SERVICE
to the name of the service file.
You should also use a package name override to indicate the package
to which the value applies.
If the value applies to the recipe's main package, use
${
PN
}
.
Here is an example from the connman recipe:
SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service"
Services are set up to start on boot automatically unless
you have set
SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE
to "disable".
For more information on systemd
, see the
"Selecting an Initialization Manager"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The terminal
class provides support for starting
a terminal session.
The
OE_TERMINAL
variable controls which terminal emulator is used for the session.
Other classes use the terminal
class anywhere a
separate terminal session needs to be started.
For example, the
patch
class assuming
PATCHRESOLVE
is set to "user", the
cml1
class, and the
devshell
class all use the terminal
class.
The testimage
class supports running automated
tests against images using QEMU and on actual hardware.
The class handles loading the tests and starting the image.
To use the class, you need to perform steps to set up the
environment.
The tests are commands that run on the target system over
ssh
.
they are written in Python and make use of the
unittest
module.
For information on how to enable, run, and create new tests, see the "Performing Automated Runtime Testing" section.
The tinderclient
class submits build results to
an external Tinderbox instance.
The toaster
class collects information about
packages and images and sends them as events that the BitBake
user interface can receive.
The class is enabled when the Toaster user interface is running.
This class is not intended to be used directly.
The toolchain-scripts
class provides the scripts
used for setting up the environment for installed SDKs.
The typecheck
class provides support for
validating the values of variables set at the configuration level
against their defined types.
The OpenEmbedded build system allows you to define the type of a
variable using the "type" varflag.
Here is an example:
IMAGE_FEATURES[type] = "list"
The uboot-config
class provides support for
U-Boot configuration for a machine.
Specify the machine in your recipe as follows:
UBOOT_CONFIG ??= <default> UBOOT_CONFIG[foo] = "config,images"
You can also specify the machine using this method:
UBOOT_MACHINE = "config"
See the
UBOOT_CONFIG
and
UBOOT_MACHINE
variables for additional information.
The update-alternatives
class helps the
alternatives system when multiple sources provide the same command.
This situation occurs when several programs that have the same or
similar function are installed with the same name.
For example, the ar
command is available from the
busybox
, binutils
and
elfutils
packages.
The update-alternatives
class handles
renaming the binaries so that multiple packages can be installed
without conflicts.
The ar
command still works regardless of which
packages are installed or subsequently removed.
The class renames the conflicting binary in each package and symlinks
the highest priority binary during installation or removal of packages.
To use this class, you need to define a number of variables:
These variables list alternative commands needed by a package,
provide pathnames for links, default links for targets, and
so forth.
For details on how to use this class, see the comments in the
update-alternatives.bbclass
.
update-alternatives
command
directly in your recipes.
However, this class simplifies things in most cases.
The update-rc.d
class uses
update-rc.d
to safely install an
initialization script on behalf of the package.
The OpenEmbedded build system takes care of details such as making
sure the script is stopped before a package is removed and started when
the package is installed.
Three variables control this class:
INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES
,
INITSCRIPT_NAME
and
INITSCRIPT_PARAMS
.
See the variable links for details.
The useradd
class supports the addition of users
or groups for usage by the package on the target.
For example, if you have packages that contain system services that
should be run under their own user or group, you can use this class to
enable creation of the user or group.
The meta-skeleton/recipes-skeleton/useradd/useradd-example.bb
recipe in the Source Directory
provides a simple example that shows how to add three
users and groups to two packages.
See the useradd-example.bb
recipe for more
information on how to use this class.
The useradd
class supports the
USERADD_PACKAGES
,
USERADD_PARAM
,
GROUPADD_PARAM
,
and
GROUPMEMS_PARAM
variables.
The useradd-staticids
class supports the addition
of users or groups that have static user identification
(uid
) and group identification
(gid
) values.
The default behavior of the OpenEmbedded build system for assigning
uid
and gid
values when
packages add users and groups during package install time is to
add them dynamically.
This works fine for programs that do not care what the values of the
resulting users and groups become.
In these cases, the order of the installation determines the final
uid
and gid
values.
However, if non-deterministic
uid
and gid
values are a
problem, you can override the default, dynamic application of these
values by setting static values.
When you set static values, the OpenEmbedded build system looks in
BBPATH
for
files/passwd
and files/group
files for the values.
To use static uid
and gid
values, you need to set some variables.
See the
USERADDEXTENSION
,
USERADD_UID_TABLES
,
USERADD_GID_TABLES
,
and
USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC
variables.
You can also see the
useradd
class for additional information.
USERADDEXTENSION
variable.
If you enable or disable the class in a configured system,
TMPDIR
might contain incorrect uid
and
gid
values.
Deleting the TMPDIR
directory
will correct this condition.
The utility-tasks
class provides support for
various "utility" type tasks that are applicable to all recipes,
such as do_clean
and
do_listtasks
.
This class is enabled by default because it is inherited by
the
base
class.
The utils
class provides some useful Python
functions that are typically used in inline Python expressions
(e.g. ${@...}
).
One example use is for base_contains()
.
This class is enabled by default because it is inherited by the
base
class.
The vala
class supports recipes that need to
build software written using the Vala programming language.
The waf
class supports recipes that need to build
software that uses the Waf build system.
You can use the
EXTRA_OECONF
variable to specify additional configuration options to be passed on
the Waf command line.
The OpenEmbedded build system provides several example
images to satisfy different needs.
When you issue the bitbake
command you provide a “top-level” recipe
that essentially begins the build for the type of image you want.
local.conf
file
before using the BitBake command to build the minimal or base image:
1. Comment out the EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES line 2. Set INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPLv3"
From within the poky
Git repository, use the following command to list
the supported images:
$ ls meta*/recipes*/images/*.bb
These recipes reside in the meta/recipes-core/images
,
meta/recipes-extended/images
,
meta/recipes-graphics/images
,
meta/recipes-qt/images
,
meta/recipes-rt/images
,
meta/recipes-sato/images
, and
meta-skeleton/recipes-multilib/images
directories
within the Source Directory.
Although the recipe names are somewhat explanatory, here is a list that describes them:
build-appliance-image
:
An example virtual machine that contains all the pieces required to
run builds using the build system as well as the build system itself.
You can boot and run the image using either the
VMware Player
or VMware Workstation.
For more information on this image, see the
Build Appliance page on
the Yocto Project website.
core-image-base
:
A console-only image that fully supports the target device hardware.
core-image-minimal
:
A small image just capable of allowing a device to boot.
core-image-minimal-dev
:
A core-image-minimal
image suitable for development work
using the host.
The image includes headers and libraries you can use in a host development
environment.
core-image-minimal-initramfs
:
A core-image-minimal
image that has the Minimal RAM-based
Initial Root Filesystem (initramfs) as part of the kernel,
which allows the system to find the first “init” program more efficiently.
See the
PACKAGE_INSTALL
variable for additional information helpful when working with
initramfs images.
core-image-minimal-mtdutils
:
A core-image-minimal
image that has support
for the Minimal MTD Utilities, which let the user interact with the
MTD subsystem in the kernel to perform operations on flash devices.
core-image-full-cmdline
:
A console-only image with more full-featured Linux system
functionality installed.
core-image-lsb
:
An image that conforms to the Linux Standard Base (LSB) specification.
core-image-testmaster
:
A "master" image designed to be used for automated runtime testing.
Provides a "known good" image that is deployed to a separate
partition so that you can boot into it and use it to deploy a
second image to be tested.
You can find more information about runtime testing in the
"Performing Automated Runtime Testing"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
core-image-lsb-dev
:
A core-image-lsb
image that is suitable for development work
using the host.
The image includes headers and libraries you can use in a host development
environment.
core-image-lsb-sdk
:
A core-image-lsb
that includes everything in meta-toolchain
but also includes development headers and libraries to form a complete standalone SDK.
This image is suitable for development using the target.
core-image-clutter
:
An image with support for the Open GL-based toolkit Clutter, which enables development of
rich and animated graphical user interfaces.
core-image-directfb
:
An image that uses directfb
instead of X11.
core-image-x11
:
A very basic X11 image with a terminal.
core-image-weston
:
An image that provides the Wayland protocol libraries and the
reference Weston compositor.
For more information, see the
"Wayland" section.
qt4e-demo-image
:
An image that launches into the demo application for the embedded
(not based on X11) version of Qt.
core-image-rt
:
A core-image-minimal
image plus a real-time test suite and
tools appropriate for real-time use.
core-image-rt-sdk
:
A core-image-rt
image that includes everything in
meta-toolchain
.
The image also includes development headers and libraries to form a complete
stand-alone SDK and is suitable for development using the target.
core-image-sato
:
An image with Sato support, a mobile environment and visual style that works well
with mobile devices.
The image supports X11 with a Sato theme and applications such as
a terminal, editor, file manager, media player, and so forth.
core-image-sato-dev
:
A core-image-sato
image suitable for development
using the host.
The image includes libraries needed to build applications on the device itself,
testing and profiling tools, and debug symbols.
This image was formerly core-image-sdk
.
core-image-sato-sdk
:
A core-image-sato
image that includes everything in meta-toolchain.
The image also includes development headers and libraries to form a complete standalone SDK
and is suitable for development using the target.
core-image-multilib-example
:
An example image that includes a lib32
version
of Bash into an otherwise standard sato
image.
The image assumes a "lib32" multilib has been enabled in the your
configuration.
-live
and
-directdisk
images have been replaced by a "live"
option in IMAGE_FSTYPES
that will work with any image to produce an
image file that can be
copied directly to a CD or USB device and run as is.
To build a live image, simply add
"live" to IMAGE_FSTYPES
within the local.conf
file or wherever appropriate and then build the desired image as normal.
Table of Contents
This chapter provides a reference of shipped machine and distro features you can include as part of the image, a reference on image types you can build, and a reference on feature backfilling.
Features provide a mechanism for working out which packages
should be included in the generated images.
Distributions can select which features they want to support through the
DISTRO_FEATURES
variable, which is set in the poky.conf
distribution configuration file.
Machine features are set in the
MACHINE_FEATURES
variable, which is set in the machine configuration file and
specifies the hardware features for a given machine.
These two variables combine to work out which kernel modules, utilities, and other packages to include. A given distribution can support a selected subset of features so some machine features might not be included if the distribution itself does not support them.
One method you can use to determine which recipes are checking to see if a
particular feature is contained or not is to grep
through
the Metadata
for the feature.
Here is an example that discovers the recipes whose build is potentially
changed based on a given feature:
$ cd poky $ git grep 'contains.*MACHINE_FEATURES.*<feature>'
The items below are features you can use with
MACHINE_FEATURES
.
Features do not have a one-to-one correspondence to packages, and they can
go beyond simply controlling the installation of a package or packages.
Sometimes a feature can influence how certain recipes are built.
For example, a feature might determine whether a particular configure option
is specified within do_configure
for a particular
recipe.
This feature list only represents features as shipped with the Yocto Project metadata:
acpi: Hardware has ACPI (x86/x86_64 only)
alsa: Hardware has ALSA audio drivers
apm: Hardware uses APM (or APM emulation)
bluetooth: Hardware has integrated BT
ext2: Hardware HDD or Microdrive
irda: Hardware has IrDA support
keyboard: Hardware has a keyboard
pci: Hardware has a PCI bus
pcmcia: Hardware has PCMCIA or CompactFlash sockets
screen: Hardware has a screen
serial: Hardware has serial support (usually RS232)
touchscreen: Hardware has a touchscreen
usbgadget: Hardware is USB gadget device capable
usbhost: Hardware is USB Host capable
wifi: Hardware has integrated WiFi
The items below are features you can use with
DISTRO_FEATURES
to enable features across your distribution.
Features do not have a one-to-one correspondence to packages,
and they can go beyond simply controlling the installation of a
package or packages.
In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature translates to
the appropriate option supplied to the configure script during
do_configure
for the recipes that optionally
support the feature.
Some distro features are also machine features.
These select features make sense to be controlled both at
the machine and distribution configuration level.
See the
COMBINED_FEATURES
variable for more information.
This list only represents features as shipped with the Yocto Project metadata:
alsa: Include ALSA support (OSS compatibility kernel modules installed if available).
bluetooth: Include bluetooth support (integrated BT only).
cramfs: Include CramFS support.
directfb: Include DirectFB support.
ext2: Include tools for supporting for devices with internal HDD/Microdrive for storing files (instead of Flash only devices).
ipsec: Include IPSec support.
ipv6: Include IPv6 support.
irda: Include IrDA support.
keyboard: Include keyboard support (e.g. keymaps will be loaded during boot).
nfs: Include NFS client support (for mounting NFS exports on device).
opengl: Include the Open Graphics Library, which is a cross-language, multi-platform application programming interface used for rendering two and three-dimensional graphics.
pci: Include PCI bus support.
pcmcia: Include PCMCIA/CompactFlash support.
ppp: Include PPP dialup support.
smbfs: Include SMB networks client support (for mounting Samba/Microsoft Windows shares on device).
systemd: Include support
for this init
manager, which is a full
replacement of for init
with parallel
starting of services, reduced shell overhead, and other
features.
This init
manager is used by many
distributions.
usbgadget: Include USB Gadget Device support (for USB networking/serial/storage).
usbhost: Include USB Host support (allows to connect external keyboard, mouse, storage, network etc).
wayland: Include the Wayland display server protocol and the library that supports it.
wifi: Include WiFi support (integrated only).
x11: Include the X server and libraries.
The contents of images generated by the OpenEmbedded build system can be controlled by the
IMAGE_FEATURES
and EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES
variables that you typically configure in your image recipes.
Through these variables, you can add several different
predefined packages such as development utilities or packages with debug
information needed to investigate application problems or profile applications.
Current list of
IMAGE_FEATURES
contains the following:
dbg-pkgs: Installs debug symbol packages for all packages installed in a given image.
dev-pkgs: Installs development packages (headers and extra library links) for all packages installed in a given image.
doc-pkgs: Installs documentation packages for all packages installed in a given image.
nfs-server: Installs an NFS server.
read-only-rootfs: Creates an image whose root filesystem is read-only. See the "Creating a Read-Only Root Filesystem" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual for more information.
splash: Enables showing a splash screen during boot.
By default, this screen is provided by psplash
, which does
allow customization.
If you prefer to use an alternative splash screen package, you can do so by
setting the SPLASH
variable
to a different package name (or names) within the image recipe or at the distro
configuration level.
ssh-server-dropbear: Installs the Dropbear minimal SSH server.
ssh-server-openssh: Installs the OpenSSH SSH server,
which is more full-featured than Dropbear.
Note that if both the OpenSSH SSH server and the Dropbear minimal SSH server
are present in IMAGE_FEATURES
, then OpenSSH will take
precedence and Dropbear will not be installed.
staticdev-pkgs: Installs static development
packages (i.e. static libraries containing *.a
files) for all
packages installed in a given image.
tools-debug: Installs debugging tools such as
strace
and gdb
.
For information on GDB, see the
"Debugging With the GNU Project Debugger (GDB) Remotely"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
For information on tracing and profiling, see the
Yocto Project Profiling and Tracing Manual.
tools-profile: Installs profiling tools such as
oprofile
, exmap
, and
LTTng
.
For general information on user-space tools, see the
"User-Space Tools"
section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.
tools-sdk: Installs a full SDK that runs on the device.
tools-testapps: Installs device testing tools (e.g. touchscreen debugging).
x11: Installs the X server
x11-base: Installs the X server with a minimal environment.
x11-sato: Installs the OpenedHand Sato environment.
Sometimes it is necessary in the OpenEmbedded build system to extend
MACHINE_FEATURES
or DISTRO_FEATURES
to control functionality that was previously enabled and not able
to be disabled.
For these cases, we need to add an
additional feature item to appear in one of these variables,
but we do not want to force developers who have existing values
of the variables in their configuration to add the new feature
in order to retain the same overall level of functionality.
Thus, the OpenEmbedded build system has a mechanism to
automatically "backfill" these added features into existing
distro or machine configurations.
You can see the list of features for which this is done by
finding the
DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL
and MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL
variables in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf
file.
Because such features are backfilled by default into all
configurations as described in the previous paragraph, developers
who wish to disable the new features need to be able to selectively
prevent the backfilling from occurring.
They can do this by adding the undesired feature or features to the
DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED
or MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED
variables for distro features and machine features respectively.
Here are two examples to help illustrate feature backfilling:
The "pulseaudio" distro feature option:
Previously, PulseAudio support was enabled within the Qt and
GStreamer frameworks.
Because of this, the feature is backfilled and thus
enabled for all distros through the
DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL
variable in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf
file.
However, your distro needs to disable the feature.
You can disable the feature without affecting
other existing distro configurations that need PulseAudio support
by adding "pulseaudio" to
DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED
in your distro's .conf
file.
Adding the feature to this variable when it also
exists in the DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL
variable prevents the build system from adding the feature to
your configuration's DISTRO_FEATURES
, effectively disabling
the feature for that particular distro.
The "rtc" machine feature option:
Previously, real time clock (RTC) support was enabled for all
target devices.
Because of this, the feature is backfilled and thus enabled
for all machines through the MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL
variable in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf
file.
However, your target device does not have this capability.
You can disable RTC support for your device without
affecting other machines that need RTC support
by adding the feature to your machine's
MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED
list in the machine's .conf
file.
Adding the feature to this variable when it also
exists in the MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL
variable prevents the build system from adding the feature to
your configuration's MACHINE_FEATURES
, effectively
disabling RTC support for that particular machine.
Table of Contents
This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build system and gives an overview of their function and contents.
A B C D E F G H I K L M O P Q R S T U W
Specifies if an output package should still be produced if it is empty.
By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages.
This default behavior can cause issues when there is an
RDEPENDS
or
some other hard runtime requirement on the existence of the package.
Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in conjunction with a package name override, as in:
ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1" ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1" ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-staticdev = "1"
Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages. When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the commands can co-exist.
To use the variable, list out the package's commands
that also exist as part of another package.
For example, if the busybox
package
has four commands that also exist as part of another
package, you identify them as follows:
ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket"
For more information on the alternatives system, see the
"update-alternatives.bbclass
"
section.
Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands
to actual locations.
For example, if the bracket
command
provided by the busybox
package is
duplicated through another package, you must use the
ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME
variable to
specify the actual location:
ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/["
In this example, the binary for the
bracket
command (i.e.
[
) from the
busybox
package resides in
/usr/bin/
.
ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME
is not
defined, it defaults to
${bindir}/<name>
.
For more information on the alternatives system, see the
"update-alternatives.bbclass
"
section.
Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single default regardless of the command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms:
ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "<priority>" ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[<name>] = "<priority>" ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_<pkg>[<name>] = "<priority>"
For more information on the alternatives system, see the
"update-alternatives.bbclass
"
section.
Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms:
ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "<target>" ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[<name>] = "<target>" ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_<pkg>[<name>] = "<target>"
If ALTERNATIVE_TARGET
is not
defined, it inherits the value from the
ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME
variable.
If ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME
and
ALTERNATIVE_TARGET
are the
same, the target for
ALTERNATIVE_TARGET
has ".{BPN}
" appended to it.
Finally, if the file referenced has not been
renamed, the alternatives system will rename it to
avoid the need to rename alternative files in the
do_install
task while
retaining support for the command if necessary.
For more information on the alternatives system, see the
"update-alternatives.bbclass
"
section.
An override list of append strings for each
LABEL
.
See the
grub-efi
class for more information on how this variable is used.
The email address used to contact the original author or authors in order to send patches and forward bugs.
Enables creating an automatic menu.
You must set this in your recipe.
The
syslinux
class checks this variable.
When SRCREV
is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to use the latest
source revision in the repository.
Here is an example:
SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}"
The directory within the
Build Directory
in which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated
objects during a recipe's build process.
By default, this directory is the same as the S
directory, which is defined as:
S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}/"
You can separate the (S
) directory
and the directory pointed to by the B
variable.
Most Autotools-based recipes support separating these
directories.
The build system defaults to using separate directories for
gcc
and some kernel recipes.
Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install.
Recommended-only packages are packages installed only
through the
RRECOMMENDS
variable.
You can prevent any of these "recommended" packages from
being installed by listing them with the
BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS
variable:
BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "<package_name> <package_name> <package_name> ..."
You can set this variable globally in your
local.conf
file or you can attach it to
a specific image recipe by using the recipe name override:
BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-<target_image> = "<package_name>"
It is important to realize that if you choose to not install
packages using this variable and some other packages are
dependent on them (i.e. listed in a recipe's
RDEPENDS
variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your
request and will install the packages to avoid dependency
errors.
Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
See the
NO_RECOMMENDATIONS
and the
PACKAGE_EXCLUDE
variables for related information.
Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append
file (.bbappend
) has no
corresponding recipe file (.bb
).
This condition often occurs when layers get out of sync
(e.g. oe-core
bumps a
recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the
other layer has not been updated to the new version
of the recipe yet).
The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your changes are no longer being applied.
You can change the default behavior by setting this
variable to "1", "yes", or "true"
in your local.conf
file, which is
located in the
Build Directory:
Here is an example:
BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1"
Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows you to control the build based on these parameters.
Disk space monitoring is disabled by default.
To enable monitoring, add the BB_DISKMON_DIRS
variable to your conf/local.conf
file found in the
Build Directory.
Use the following form:
BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "<action>,<dir>,<threshold> [...]" where: <action> is: ABORT: Immediately abort the build when a threshold is broken. STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently executing tasks have finished when a threshold is broken. WARN: Issue a warning but continue the build when a threshold is broken. Subsequent warnings are issued as defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL variable, which must be defined in the conf/local.conf file. <dir> is: Any directory you choose. You can specify one or more directories to monitor by separating the groupings with a space. If two directories are on the same device, only the first directory is monitored. <threshold> is: Either the minimum available disk space, the minimum number of free inodes, or both. You must specify at least one. To omit one or the other, simply omit the value. Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes, Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB.
Here are some examples:
BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K"
The first example works only if you also provide
the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
variable
in the conf/local.conf
.
This example causes the build system to immediately
abort when either the disk space in ${TMPDIR}
drops
below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops below
100 Kbytes.
Because two directories are provided with the variable, the
build system also issue a
warning when the disk space in the
${SSTATE_DIR}
directory drops
below 1 Gbyte or the number of free inodes drops
below 100 Kbytes.
Subsequent warnings are issued during intervals as
defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
variable.
The second example stops the build after all currently
executing tasks complete when the minimum disk space
in the ${TMPDIR}
directory drops below 1 Gbyte.
No disk monitoring occurs for the free inodes in this case.
The final example immediately aborts the build when the
number of free inodes in the ${TMPDIR}
directory
drops below 100 Kbytes.
No disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs
in this case.
Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals.
To set these intervals, define the variable in your
conf/local.conf
file in the
Build Directory.
If you are going to use the
BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
variable, you must
also use the
BB_DISKMON_DIRS
variable
and define its action as "WARN".
During the build, subsequent warnings are issued each time
disk space or number of free inodes further reduces by
the respective interval.
If you do not provide a BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
variable and you do use BB_DISKMON_DIRS
with
the "WARN" action, the disk monitoring interval defaults to
the following:
BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the following form:
BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "<disk_space_interval>,<disk_inode_interval>" where: <disk_space_interval> is: An interval of memory expressed in either G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. <disk_inode_interval> is: An interval of free inodes expressed in either G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
Here is an example:
BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
These variables cause the OpenEmbedded build system to
issue subsequent warnings each time the available
disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number
of free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the
${SSTATE_DIR}
directory.
Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time
a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning
(i.e. 1 Gbytes and 100 Kbytes).
Causes tarballs of the Git repositories, including the
Git metadata, to be placed in the
DL_DIR
directory.
For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of the Git repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build system.
BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1"
Set this variable in your local.conf
file in the
Build Directory.
The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one time. If your host development system supports multiple cores, a good rule of thumb is to set this variable to twice the number of cores.
The default value for BB_NUMBER_THREADS
is equal to the number of cores your build system has.
Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the software.
Common variants for recipes exist such as "natives" like quilt-native
,
which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build system;
"crosses" such as gcc-cross
,
which is a compiler built to run on the build machine but produces binaries
that run on the target MACHINE
;
"nativesdk", which targets the SDK machine instead of MACHINE
;
and "mulitlibs" in the form "multilib:<multilib_name>
".
To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe:
BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:<multilib_name>"
Lists the names of configured layers.
These names are used to find the other BBFILE_*
variables.
Typically, each layer will append its name to this variable in its
conf/layer.conf
file.
Variable that expands to match files from
BBFILES
in a particular layer.
This variable is used in the conf/layer.conf
file and must
be suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow
).
Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer.
This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears in
more than one layer.
Setting this variable allows you to prioritize a
layer against other layers that contain the same recipe - effectively
letting you control the precedence for the multiple layers.
The precedence established through this variable stands regardless of a
recipe's version
(PV
variable).
For example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher PV
value but for
which the BBFILE_PRIORITY
is set to have a lower precedence still has a
lower precedence.
A larger value for the BBFILE_PRIORITY
variable results in a higher
precedence.
For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence than the value 5.
If not specified, the BBFILE_PRIORITY
variable is set based on layer
dependencies (see the
LAYERDEPENDS
variable for
more information.
The default priority, if unspecified
for a layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1
(or 1 if no priorities are defined).
bitbake-layers show-layers
to list
all configured layers along with their priorities.
List of recipe files used by BitBake to build software.
Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure.
Lists the layers to enable during the build.
This variable is defined in the bblayers.conf
configuration
file in the Build Directory.
Here is an example:
BBLAYERS = " \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \ " BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto \ "
This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom, user-defined layer
named meta-mykernel
.
Lists core layers that cannot be removed from the
bblayers.conf
file during a build
using the
Hob.
In order for BitBake to build your image using Hob, your
bblayers.conf
file must include the
meta
and meta-yocto
core layers.
Here is an example that shows these two layers listed in
the BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE
statement:
BBLAYERS = " \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \ " BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto \ "
Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe
append files.
Use the BBMASK
variable from within the
conf/local.conf
file found
in the
Build Directory.
You can use the BBMASK
variable
to "hide" these .bb
and
.bbappend
files.
BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append files that
match the expression.
It is as if BitBake does not see them at all.
Consequently, matching files are not parsed or otherwise
used by BitBake.
The value you provide is passed to Python's regular expression compiler. The expression is compared against the full paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's documentation at http://docs.python.org/release/2.3/lib/re-syntax.html.
The following example uses a complete regular expression
to tell BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append
files in the meta-ti/recipes-misc/
directory:
BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/"
If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, use the vertical bar to separate the regular expression fragments. This next example masks out multiple directories and individual recipes:
BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/|meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/" BBMASK .= "|.*meta-oe/recipes-support/" BBMASK .= "|.*openldap" BBMASK .= "|.*opencv" BBMASK .= "|.*lzma"
Notice how the vertical bar is used to append the fragments.
Used by BitBake to locate
.bbclass
and configuration files.
This variable is analogous to the
PATH
variable.
BBPATH
to point to the
Build Directory.
Set the variable as you would any environment variable
and then run BitBake:
$ BBPATH = "<build_directory>" $ export BBPATH $ bitbake <target>
Points to the server that runs memory-resident BitBake.
This variable is set by the
oe-init-build-env-memres
setup script and should not be hand-edited.
The variable is only used when you employ memory-resident
BitBake.
The setup script exports the value as follows:
export BBSERVER=localhost:$port
For more information on how the
BBSERVER
is used, see the
oe-init-build-env-memres
script, which
is located in the
Source Directory.
When inheriting binconfig.bbclass
from a recipe, this variable specifies a wildcard for
configuration scripts that need editing.
The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have been
set up during compilation so that they are correct for
use when installed into the sysroot and called by the
build processes of other recipes.
For more information on how this variable works, see
meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass
in the
Source Directory.
You can also find general information on the class in the
"binconfig.bbclass
"
section.
The base recipe name and version but without any special
recipe name suffix (i.e. -native
, lib64-
,
and so forth).
BP
is comprised of the following:
${BPN}-${PV}
The bare name of the recipe.
This variable is a version of the PN
variable
but removes common suffixes such as "-native" and "-cross" as well
as removes common prefixes such as multilib's "lib64-" and "lib32-".
The exact list of suffixes removed is specified by the
SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX
variable.
The exact list of prefixes removed is specified by the
MLPREFIX
variable.
Prefixes are removed for multilib
and nativesdk
cases.
Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe. The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being built needs to be manually reported.
Points to the location of the
Build Directory.
You can define this directory indirectly through the
oe-init-build-env
and
oe-init-build-env-memres
scripts by passing in a Build Directory path when you run
the scripts.
If you run the scripts and do not provide a Build Directory
path, the BUILDDIR
defaults to
build
in the current directory.
When inheriting the
buildhistory
class, specifies whether or not to commit the build
history output in a local Git repository.
If set to "1", this local repository will be maintained
automatically by the
buildhistory
class and a commit will be created on every
build for changes to each top-level subdirectory of the
build history output (images, packages, and sdk).
If you want to track changes to build history over
time, you should set this value to "1".
By default, the buildhistory
class
does not commit the build history output in a local
Git repository:
BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0"
When inheriting the
buildhistory
class, specifies the author to use for each Git commit.
In order for the BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR
variable to work, the
BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT
variable must be set to "1".
Git requires that the value you provide for the
BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR
variable
takes the form of "name <email@host>".
Providing an email address or host that is not valid does
not produce an error.
By default, the buildhistory
class
sets the variable as follows:
BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>"
When inheriting the
buildhistory
class, specifies the directory in which build history
information is kept.
For more information on how the variable works, see the
buildhistory.class
.
By default, the buildhistory
class
sets the directory as follows:
BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory"
When inheriting the
buildhistory
class, specifies the build history features to be enabled.
For more information on how build history works, see the
"Maintaining Build Output Quality"
section.
You can specify three features in the form of a space-separated list:
image: Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the list of installed packages among other things.
package: Analysis of the contents of individual packages.
sdk: Analysis of the contents of the software development kit (SDK).
By default, the buildhistory
class
enables all three features:
BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk"
When inheriting the
buildhistory
class, specifies a list of paths to files copied from the
image contents into the build history directory under
an "image-files" directory in the directory for
the image, so that you can track the contents of each file.
The default is to copy /etc/passwd
and /etc/group
, which allows you to
monitor for changes in user and group entries.
You can modify the list to include any file.
Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error.
Consequently, you can include files that might
not always be present.
By default, the buildhistory
class
provides paths to the following files:
BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group"
When inheriting the
buildhistory
class, optionally specifies a remote repository
to which build history pushes Git changes.
In order for BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO
to work,
BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT
must be set to "1".
The repository should correspond to a remote
address that specifies a repository as understood by
Git, or alternatively to a remote name that you have
set up manually using git remote
within the local repository.
By default, the buildhistory
class
sets the variable as follows:
BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= ""
Points to the location of the directory that holds build
statistics when you use and enable the
buildstats
class.
The BUILDSTATS_BASE
directory defaults
to
${
TMPDIR
}/buildstats/
.
For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the
output executable file into two parts: one for features
that require setuid root
, and one for
the remaining features (i.e. those that do not require
setuid root
).
The BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID
variable
defaults to "1", which results in a single output
executable file.
Set the variable to "0" to split the output file.
Flags passed to the C compiler for the target system.
This variable evaluates to the same as
TARGET_CFLAGS
.
For information on flags that help with creating more secure code, see the "Making Images More Secure" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
An internal variable specifying the special class override that should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so forth). The classes that use this variable set it to appropriate values.
You do not normally directly interact with this variable.
The value for the CLASSOVERRIDE
variable goes into
OVERRIDES
and then can be used as an override.
Here is an example where "python-native" is added to
DEPENDS
only when building for the native case:
DEPENDS_append_class-native = " python-native"
Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in
both
MACHINE_FEATURES
and
DISTRO_FEATURES
.
This select list of features contains features that make
sense to be controlled both at the machine and distribution
configuration level.
For example, the "bluetooth" feature requires hardware
support but should also be optional at the distribution
level, in case the hardware supports Bluetooth but you
do not ever intend to use it.
For more information, see the
MACHINE_FEATURES
and DISTRO_FEATURES
variables.
Points to meta/files/common-licenses
in the
Source Directory,
which is where generic license files reside.
A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts
(when the recipe is native) or one or more targets (when
the recipe is non-native) with which a recipe is compatible.
The regular expression is matched against
HOST_SYS
.
You can use the variable to stop recipes from being built
for classes of systems with which the recipes are not
compatible.
Stopping these builds is particularly useful with kernels.
The variable also helps to increase parsing speed
since the build system skips parsing recipes not
compatible with the current system.
A regular expression that resolves to one or more
target machines with which a recipe is compatible.
The regular expression is matched against
MACHINEOVERRIDES
.
You can use the variable to stop recipes from being built
for machines with which the recipes are not compatible.
Stopping these builds is particularly useful with kernels.
The variable also helps to increase parsing speed
since the build system skips parsing recipes not
compatible with the current machine.
Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of
complementary packages for all the packages explicitly
(or implicitly) installed in an image.
The resulting list of complementary packages is associated
with an item that can be added to
IMAGE_FEATURES
.
An example usage of this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when
added to IMAGE_FEATURES
will
install -dev packages (containing headers and other
development files) for every package in the image.
To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the wildcard. Here is an example:
COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev'
Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package.
If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update
packages on the target system, it is possible that
configuration files you have changed after the original installation
and that you now want to remain unchanged are overwritten.
In other words, editable files might exist in the package that you do not
want reset as part of the package update process.
You can use the CONFFILES
variable to list the files in the
package that you wish to prevent the PMS from overwriting during this update process.
To use the CONFFILES
variable, provide a package name
override that identifies the resulting package.
Then, provide a space-separated list of files.
Here is an example:
CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \ ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3"
A relationship exists between the CONFFILES
and
FILES
variables.
The files listed within CONFFILES
must be a subset of
the files listed within FILES
.
Because the configuration files you provide with CONFFILES
are simply being identified so that the PMS will not overwrite them,
it makes sense that
the files must already be included as part of the package through the
FILES
variable.
CONFFILES
variable,
it is good practice to use appropriate path variables.
For example, ${sysconfdir}
rather than
/etc
or ${bindir}
rather
than /usr/bin
.
You can find a list of these variables at the top of the
meta/conf/bitbake.conf
file in the
Source Directory.
Identifies the initial RAM disk (initramfs) source files. The OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set to null ("").
The CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE
can be
either a single cpio archive with a
.cpio
suffix or a
space-separated list of directories and files for building
the initramfs image.
A cpio archive should contain a filesystem archive
to be used as an initramfs image.
Directories should contain a filesystem layout to be
included in the initramfs image.
Files should contain entries according to the format
described by the
usr/gen_init_cpio
program in the
kernel tree.
If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image will be the aggregate of all of them.
A list of files that contains autoconf
test results relevant
to the current build.
This variable is used by the Autotools utilities when running
configure
.
When a recipe inherits the
distro_features_check
class, this
variable identifies distribution features that would
be in conflict should the recipe
be built.
In other words, if the
CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES
variable
lists a feature that also appears in
DISTRO_FEATURES
within the
current configuration, an error occurs and the
build stops.
If set to "1" along with the
COPY_LIC_MANIFEST
variable, the OpenEmbedded build system copies
into the image the license files, which are located in
/usr/share/common-licenses
,
for each package.
The license files are placed
in directories within the image itself.
If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies
the license manifest for the image to
/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest
within the image itself.
Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image.
You should only set this variable in the
local.conf
configuration file found
in the
Build Directory.
This variable replaces POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL
, which is no longer supported.
Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded
Core Metadata layer (i.e. meta
).
It is an important distinction that
COREBASE
points to the parent of this
layer and not the layer itself.
Consider an example where you have cloned the Poky Git
repository and retained the poky
name for your local copy of the repository.
In this case, COREBASE
points to
the poky
folder because it is the
parent directory of the poky/meta
layer.
The destination directory.
The location in the Build Directory
where components are installed by the do_install
task.
This location defaults to:
${WORKDIR}/image
The date and time on which the current build started. The format is suitable for timestamps.
Specifies to build packages with debugging information.
This influences the value of the
SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION
variable.
The options to pass in
TARGET_CFLAGS
and CFLAGS
when compiling
a system for debugging.
This variable defaults to "-O -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe".
Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority.
The most common usage of this is variable is to set
it to "-1" within a recipe for a development version of a
piece of software.
Using the variable in this way causes the stable version
of the recipe to build by default in the absence of
PREFERRED_VERSION
being used to build the development version.
DEFAULT_PREFERENCE
is weak and is overridden by
BBFILE_PRIORITY
if that variable is different between two layers
that contain different versions of the same recipe.
Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies (i.e. other recipe files). The system ensures that all the dependencies listed have been built and have their contents in the appropriate sysroots before the recipe's configure task is executed.
Consider this simple example for two recipes named "a" and
"b" that produce similarly named packages.
In this example, the DEPENDS
statement appears in the "a" recipe:
DEPENDS = "b"
Here, the dependency is such that the
do_configure
task for recipe "a"
depends on the do_populate_sysroot
task of recipe "b".
This means anything that recipe "b" puts into sysroot
is available when recipe "a" is configuring itself.
For information on runtime dependencies, see the
RDEPENDS
variable.
Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build
system uses to place images, packages, SDKs and other output
files that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
By default, this directory resides within the
Build Directory
as ${TMPDIR}/deploy
.
For more information on the structure of the Build
Directory, see
"The Build Directory - build/
"
section.
For more detail on the contents of the
deploy
directory, see the
"Images" and
"Application Development SDK"
sections.
Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses
to place images and other associated output files that are
ready to be deployed onto the target machine.
The directory is machine-specific as it contains the
${MACHINE}
name.
By default, this directory resides within the
Build Directory
as ${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/
.
For more information on the structure of the Build
Directory, see
"The Build Directory - build/
"
section.
For more detail on the contents of the
deploy
directory, see the
"Images" and
"Application Development SDK"
sections.
For recipes that inherit the
deploy
class, the DEPLOYDIR
points to a
temporary work area for deployed files that is set in the
deploy
class as follows:
DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN
}"
Recipes inheriting the deploy
class
should copy files to be deployed into
DEPLOYDIR
, and the class will take
care of copying them into
DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE
afterwards.
The package description used by package managers.
If not set, DESCRIPTION
takes
the value of the
SUMMARY
variable.
A 32-bit MBR disk signature used by
directdisk
images.
By default, the signature is set to an automatically
generated random value that allows the OpenEmbedded
build system to create a boot loader.
You can override the signature in the image recipe
by setting DISK_SIGNATURE
to an
8-digit hex string.
You might want to override
DISK_SIGNATURE
if you want the disk
signature to remain constant between image builds.
When using Linux 3.8 or later, you can use
DISK_SIGNATURE
to specify the root
by UUID to allow the kernel to locate the root device
even if the device name changes due to differences in
hardware configuration.
By default, SYSLINUX_ROOT
is set
as follows:
SYSLINUX_ROOT = "root=/dev/sda2"
However, you can change this to locate the root device using the disk signature instead:
SYSLINUX_ROOT = "root=PARTUUID=${DISK_SIGNATURE}-02"
As previously mentioned, it is possible to set the
DISK_SIGNATURE
variable in your
local.conf
file to a fixed
value if you do not want syslinux.cfg
changing for each build.
You might find this useful when you want to upgrade the
root filesystem on a device without having to recreate or
modify the master boot record.
The short name of the distribution.
This variable corresponds to a distribution
configuration file whose root name is the same as the
variable's argument and whose filename extension is
.conf
.
For example, the distribution configuration file for the
Poky distribution is named poky.conf
and resides in the
meta-yocto/conf/distro
directory of
the
Source Directory.
Within that poky.conf
file, the
DISTRO
variable is set as follows:
DISTRO = "poky"
Distribution configuration files are located in a
conf/distro
directory within the
Metadata
that contains the distribution configuration.
The value for DISTRO
must not contain
spaces, and is typically all lower-case.
DISTRO
variable is blank, a set
of default configurations are used, which are specified
within
meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf
also in the Source Directory.
Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images.
This variable takes affect through
packagegroup-base
so the
variable only really applies to the more full-featured
images that include packagegroup-base
.
You can use this variable to keep distro policy out of
generic images.
As with all other distro variables, you set this variable
in the distro .conf
file.
Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g. kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but you can remove them.
The software support you want in your distribution for various features. You define your distribution features in the distribution configuration file.
In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in
DISTRO_FEATURES
is translated to the
appropriate option supplied to the configure script
during do_configure
for recipes that
optionally support the feature.
For example, specifying "x11" in
DISTRO_FEATURES
, causes
every piece of software built for the target that can
optionally support X11 to have its X11 support enabled.
Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can provide with this variable, see the "Distro Features" section.
Features to be added to
DISTRO_FEATURES
if not also present in
DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED
.
This variable is set in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf
file.
It is not intended to be user-configurable.
It is best to just reference the variable to see which distro features are
being backfilled for all distro configurations.
See the Feature backfilling section for
more information.
Features from
DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL
that should not be backfilled (i.e. added to
DISTRO_FEATURES
)
during the build.
See the "Feature Backfilling" section for
more information.
The long name of the distribution.
Alias names used for the recipe in various Linux distributions.
See the "Handling a Package Name Alias" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual for more information.
The version of the distribution.
This variable lists overrides specific to the current
distribution.
By default, the variable list includes the value of the
DISTRO
variable.
You can extend the variable to apply any variable overrides
you want as part of the distribution and are not
already in OVERRIDES
through
some other means.
The central download directory used by the build process to
store downloads.
By default, DL_DIR
gets files
suitable for mirroring for everything except Git
repositories.
If you want tarballs of Git repositories, use the
BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS
variable.
You can set this directory by defining the
DL_DIR
variable in the
conf/local.conf
file.
This directory is self-maintaining and you should not have
to touch it.
By default, the directory is downloads
in the
Build Directory.
#DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads"
To specify a different download directory, simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory.
During a first build, the system downloads many different
source code tarballs from various upstream projects.
Downloading can take a while, particularly if your network
connection is slow.
Tarballs are all stored in the directory defined by
DL_DIR
and the build system looks there
first to find source tarballs.
You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the same development machine. For additional information on how the build process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy server, see this specific question in the "FAQ" chapter.
Variable that controls which locales for
eglibc
are generated during the
build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes
of RAM or less).
Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are
reported as errors by the OpenEmbedded build system.
You set this variable in your distribution configuration
file.
For a list of the checks you can control with this variable,
see the
"insane.bbclass
"
section.
When used with the
report-error
class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files
created by the
error reporting tool,
which allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a
central database.
By default, the value of this variable is
${
LOG_DIR
}/error-report
.
You can set ERR_REPORT_DIR
to the path
you want the error reporting tool to store the debug files
as follows in your local.conf
file:
ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path"
Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e.
bitbake world
).
During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and builds all
recipes found in every layer exposed in the
bblayers.conf
configuration file.
To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the variable to "1" in the recipe.
EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD
may still be built during a world build in order to satisfy
dependencies of other recipes.
Adding a recipe to EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD
only ensures that the recipe is not explicitly added
to the list of build targets in a world build.
Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's
version based on the recipe's
PE
value.
If PE
is set and greater than zero for a recipe,
EXTENDPE
becomes that value (e.g if
PE
is equal to "1" then EXTENDPE
becomes "1_").
If a recipe's PE
is not set (the default) or is equal to
zero, EXTENDPE
becomes "".
See the STAMP
variable for an example.
The full package version specification as it appears on the final packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another package in the same recipe:
RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
The dependency relationships are intended to force the package manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step.
If externalsrc.bbclass
is inherited,
this variable points to the source tree, which is
outside of the OpenEmbedded build system.
When set, this variable sets the
S
variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses
to locate unpacked recipe source code.
For more information on
externalsrc.bbclass
, see the
"externalsrc.bbclass
"
section.
You can also find information on how to use this variable
in the
"Building Software from an External Source"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
If externalsrc.bbclass
is inherited,
this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's
source code is built,
which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build system.
When set, this variable sets the
B
variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses
to locate the Build Directory.
For more information on
externalsrc.bbclass
, see the
"externalsrc.bbclass
"
section.
You can also find information on how to use this variable
in the
"Building Software from an External Source"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The list of additional features to include in an image.
Typically, you configure this variable in your
local.conf
file, which is found in the
Build Directory.
Although you can use this variable from within a recipe,
best practices dictate that you do not.
IMAGE_FEATURES
variable.
Here are some examples of features you can add:
"dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including symbol information for debugging and profiling. "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for development. For example, ssh root access has a blank password. You should remove this feature before you produce a production image. "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image. "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is read-only. See the "Creating a Read-Only Root Filesystem" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual for more information "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace. "tools-profile" - Adds profiling tools such as oprofile, exmap, lttng and valgrind (x86 only). "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make, pkgconfig and so forth. "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth.
For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see the "Image Features" section.
For an example that shows how to customize your image by
using this variable, see the
"Customizing Images Using Custom IMAGE_FEATURES
and EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES
"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for installing into the root filesystem.
Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not
needed in the root filesystem.
You can use the EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS
variable to
list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies.
A typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration.
Additional cmake
options.
Additional configure
script options.
Additional GNU make
options.
When a recipe inherits the
scons
class, this variable specifies additional configuration
options you want to pass to the
scons
command line.
Configuration variables or options you want to pass to
qmake
.
Use this variable when the arguments need to be after the
.pro
file list on the command line.
This variable is used with recipes that inherit the
qmake_base
class or other classes that inherit
qmake_base
.
Configuration variables or options you want to pass to
qmake
.
Use this variable when the arguments need to be before the
.pro
file list on the command line.
This variable is used with recipes that inherit the
qmake_base
class or other classes that inherit
qmake_base
.
When a recipe inherits the
extrausers
class, this variable provides image level user and group
operations.
This is a more global method of providing user and group
configuration as compared to using the
useradd
class, which ties user and group configurations to a
specific recipe.
The set list of commands you can configure using the
EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS
is shown in the
extrausers
class.
These commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same
names:
# EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ # useradd -p '' tester; \ # groupadd developers; \ # userdel nobody; \ # groupdel -g video; \ # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \ # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \ # "
Defines one or more packages to include in an image when
a specific item is included in
IMAGE_FEATURES
.
When setting the value, FEATURE_PACKAGES
should have the name of the feature item as an override.
Here is an example:
FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2"
In this example, if "widget" were added to
IMAGE_FEATURES
, "package1" and
"package2" would be included in the image.
FEATURE_PACKAGES
are often package
groups.
While similarly named, you should not confuse the
FEATURE_PACKAGES
variable with
package groups, which are discussed elsewhere in the
documentation.
Points to the base URL of the server and location within
the document-root that provides the metadata and
packages required by OPKG to support runtime package
management of IPK packages.
You set this variable in your
local.conf
file.
Consider the following example:
FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir"
This example assumes you are serving your packages over
HTTP and your databases are located in a directory
named BOARD-dir
, which is underneath
your HTTP server's document-root.
In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates a set
of configuration files for you in your target that work
with the feed.
The list of directories or files that are placed in packages.
To use the FILES
variable, provide a package name
override that identifies the resulting package.
Then, provide a space-separated list of files or paths that identifies the
files you want included as part of the resulting package.
Here is an example:
FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1/ ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile"
FILES
variable,
it is good practice to use appropriate path variables.
For example, use ${sysconfdir}
rather than
/etc
, or ${bindir}
rather
than /usr/bin
.
You can find a list of these variables at the top of the
meta/conf/bitbake.conf
file in the
Source Directory.
If some of the files you provide with the FILES
variable
are editable and you know they should not be
overwritten during the package update process by the Package Management
System (PMS), you can identify these files so that the PMS will not
overwrite them.
See the CONFFILES
variable for information on how to identify these files to the PMS.
Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses
when looking for files and patches as it processes recipes
and append files.
The default directories BitBake uses when it processes
recipes are initially defined by the
FILESPATH
variable.
You can extend FILESPATH
variable
by using FILESEXTRAPATHS
.
Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using
FILESEXTRAPATHS
from within a
.bbappend
file and that you prepend
paths as follows:
FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
In the above example, the build system first looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the corresponding append file.
When extending FILESEXTRAPATHS
,
be sure to use the immediate expansion
(:=
) operator.
Immediate expansion makes sure that BitBake evaluates
THISDIR
at the time the directive is encountered rather than at
some later time when expansion might result in a
directory that does not contain the files you need.
Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories to the search path.
Here is another common use:
FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:"
In this example, the build system extends the
FILESPATH
variable to include a
directory named files
that is in the
same directory as the corresponding append file.
Here is a final example that specifically adds three paths:
FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:"
By prepending paths in .bbappend
files, you allow multiple append files that reside in
different layers but are used for the same recipe to
correctly extend the path.
A subset of OVERRIDES
used by the OpenEmbedded build system for creating
FILESPATH
.
You can find more information on how overrides are handled
in the
BitBake Manual.
By default, the FILESOVERRIDES
variable is defined as:
FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}"
FILESOVERRIDES
variable.
The values match up with expected overrides and are
used in an expected manner by the build system.
The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system
uses when searching for patches and files.
During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in
FILESPATH
in the specified order when
looking for files and patches specified by each
file://
URI in a recipe.
The default value for the FILESPATH
variable is defined in the base.bbclass
class found in meta/classes
in the
Source Directory:
FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \ "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}"
FILESPATH
variable.
If you want the build system to look in directories
other than the defaults, extend the
FILESPATH
variable by using the
FILESEXTRAPATHS
variable.
Be aware that the default FILESPATH
directories do not map to directories in custom layers
where append files (.bbappend
)
are used.
If you want the build system to find patches or files
that reside with your append files, you need to extend
the FILESPATH
variable by using
the
FILESEXTRAPATHS
variable.
Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the packages themselves but this is not always possible.
By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the fs-perms.txt
, which
is located in the meta/files
folder in the
Source Directory.
If you create your own file permissions setting table, you should place it in your
layer or the distro's layer.
You define the FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES
variable in the
conf/local.conf
file, which is found in the
Build Directory, to
point to your custom fs-perms.txt
.
You can specify more than a single file permissions setting table.
The paths you specify to these files must be defined within the
BBPATH
variable.
For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings table file,
examine the existing fs-perms.txt
.
When a recipe inherits the
fontcache
class, this variable identifies packages containing font
files that need to be cached by Fontconfig.
By default, the fontcache
class assumes
that fonts are in the recipe's main package
(i.e. ${
PN
}
).
Use this variable if fonts you need are in a package
other than that main package.
The options to pass in
TARGET_CFLAGS
and CFLAGS
when compiling an optimized system.
This variable defaults to
"-O2 -pipe ${DEBUG_FLAGS}".
When a recipe inherits the
useradd
class, this variable
specifies for a package what parameters should be passed
to the groupadd
command
if you wish to add a group to the system when the package
is installed.
Here is an example from the dbus
recipe:
GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev"
For information on the standard Linux shell command
groupadd
, see
http://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd.
When a recipe inherits the
useradd
class, this variable
specifies for a package what parameters should be passed
to the groupmems
command
if you wish to modify the members of a group when the
package is installed.
For information on the standard Linux shell command
groupmems
, see
http://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems.
Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have
graphics and serial in the boot menu.
Set this variable to "1" in your
local.conf
or distribution
configuration file to enable graphics and serial
in the menu.
See the
grub-efi
class for more information on how this variable is used.
Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified
Bootloader (GRUB) configuration.
Use a semi-colon character (;
) to
separate multiple options.
The GRUB_OPTS
variable is optional.
See the
grub-efi
class for more information on how this variable is used.
Specifies the timeout before executing the default
LABEL
in the GNU GRand Unified
Bootloader (GRUB).
The GRUB_TIMEOUT
variable is optional.
See the
grub-efi
class for more information on how this variable is used.
For recipes that inherit the
gtk-immodules-cache
class, this variable specifies the packages that contain the
GTK+ input method modules being installed when the modules
are in packages other than the main package.
Website where more information about the software the recipe is building can be found.
Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating system, for with the build is occurring in the context of the current recipe. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable. You do not need to set the variable yourself.
Here are two examples:
Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the value is "i686-linux".
Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
Disables or enables the icecc
(Icecream) function.
For more information on this function and best practices
for using this variable, see the
"icecc.bbclass
"
section.
Setting this variable to "1" in your
local.conf
disables the function:
ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1"
To enable the function, set the variable as follows:
ICECC_DISABLED = ""
Points to the icecc-create-env
script
that you provide.
This variable is used by the
icecc
class.
You set this variable in your
local.conf
file.
If you do not point to a script that you provide, the
OpenEmbedded build system uses the default script provided
by the icecc-create-env.bb
recipe,
which is a modified version and not the one that comes with
icecc
.
Extra options passed to the make
command during the do_compile
task
that specify parallel compilation.
This variable usually takes the form of
-j 4
, where the number
represents the maximum number of parallel threads
make
can run.
iceccd
daemon.
If your enabled machines support multiple cores,
coming up with the maximum number of parallel threads
that gives you the best performance could take some
experimentation since machine speed, network lag,
available memory, and existing machine loads can all
affect build time.
Consequently, unlike the
PARALLEL_MAKE
variable, there is no rule-of-thumb for setting
ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE
to achieve
optimal performance.
If you do not set ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE
,
the build system does not use it (i.e. the system does
not detect and assign the number of cores as is done with
PARALLEL_MAKE
).
The location of the icecc
binary.
You can set this variable in your
local.conf
file.
If your local.conf
file does not define
this variable, the
icecc
class attempts to define it by locating
icecc
using which
.
Identifies user classes that you do not want the
Icecream distributed compile support to consider.
This variable is used by the
icecc
class.
You set this variable in your
local.conf
file.
When you list classes using this variable, you are "blacklisting" them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any classes you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
Identifies user recipes that you do not want the
Icecream distributed compile support to consider.
This variable is used by the
icecc
class.
You set this variable in your
local.conf
file.
When you list packages using this variable, you are "blacklisting" them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any packages you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
Identifies user recipes that use an empty
PARALLEL_MAKE
variable that you want to force remote distributed
compilation on using the Icecream distributed compile
support.
This variable is used by the
icecc
class.
You set this variable in your
local.conf
file.
The base name of image output files.
This variable defaults to the recipe name
(${
PN
}
).
A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use this variable to specify the list of classes that register the different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates.
The default value for IMAGE_CLASSES
is
image_types
.
You can set this variable in your
local.conf
or in a distribution
configuration file.
For more information, see
meta/classes/image_types.bbclass
in the
Source Directory.
The primary list of features to include in an image.
Typically, you configure this variable in an image recipe.
Although you can use this variable from your
local.conf
file, which is found in the
Build Directory,
best practices dictate that you do not.
EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES
variable.
For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see the "Image Features" section.
For an example that shows how to customize your image by
using this variable, see the
"Customizing Images Using Custom IMAGE_FEATURES
and EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES
"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses
during the build when creating the root filesystem.
For example, setting IMAGE_FSTYPES
as follows causes the build system to create root
filesystems using two formats: .ext3
and .tar.bz2
:
IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2"
For the complete list of supported image formats from which
you can choose, see
IMAGE_TYPES
.
IMAGE_FSTYPES
inside an image recipe, be sure that you do so prior to the
"inherit image" line of the recipe or the live image will
not build.
_append
or
_prepend
. To add one or more
additional options to this variable the
+=
operator must be used.
Specifies the packages to install into an image.
The IMAGE_INSTALL
variable is a
mechanism for an image recipe and you should use it
with care to avoid ordering issues.
core-image-minimal-initramfs
image, do not use the IMAGE_INSTALL
variable to specify packages for installation.
Instead, use the
PACKAGE_INSTALL
variable, which allows the initial RAM disk (initramfs)
recipe to use a fixed set of packages and not be
affected by IMAGE_INSTALL
.
Image recipes set IMAGE_INSTALL
to specify the packages to install into an image through
image.bbclass
.
Additionally, "helper" classes exist, such as
core-image.bbclass
, that can take
IMAGE_FEATURES
lists and turn these into auto-generated entries in
IMAGE_INSTALL
in addition to its
default contents.
Using IMAGE_INSTALL
with the
+=
operator from the
/conf/local.conf
file or from within
an image recipe is not recommended as it can cause ordering
issues.
Since core-image.bbclass
sets
IMAGE_INSTALL
to a default value using
the ?=
operator, using a
+=
operation against
IMAGE_INSTALL
will result in
unexpected behavior when used in
conf/local.conf
.
Furthermore, the same operation from within an image
recipe may or may not succeed depending on the specific
situation.
In both these cases, the behavior is contrary to how most
users expect the +=
operator to work.
When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows:
IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name"
Be sure to include the space between the quotation character and the start of the package name or names.
Specifies the list of locales to install into the image
during the root filesystem construction process.
The OpenEmbedded build system automatically splits locale
files, which are used for localization, into separate
packages.
Setting the IMAGE_LINGUAS
variable
ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages
already selected for installation into the image are also
installed.
Here is an example:
IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de"
In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian
Portuguese and German locale files that correspond to
packages in the image are installed (i.e.
*-locale-pt-br
and *-locale-de-de
as well as
*-locale-pt
and *-locale-de
, since some software
packages only provide locale files by language and not by
country-specific language).
The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed packages that make up the image. The file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as follows:
<packagename> <packagearch> <version>
The
image
class defines the manifest file as follows:
IMAGE_MANIFEST = "${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest"
The location is derived using the
DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE
and
IMAGE_NAME
variables.
You can find information on how the image
is created in the
"Image Generation"
section.
The name of the output image files minus the extension.
This variable is derived using the
IMAGE_BASENAME
,
MACHINE
,
and
DATETIME
variables:
IMAGE_NAME = "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}"
Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial image
size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk usage value
for the image is greater than the sum of
IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE
and
IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
.
The result of the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates
free disk space in the image as overhead.
By default, the build process uses a multiplier of 1.3 for this variable.
This default value results in 30% free disk space added to the image when this
method is used to determine the final generated image size.
You should be aware that post install scripts and the package management
system uses disk space inside this overhead area.
Consequently, the multiplier does not produce an image with
all the theoretical free disk space.
See IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE
for information on how the build system determines the overall image size.
The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you can increase the default value. For example, the following setting gives you 50% free space added to the image:
IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5"
Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is added
to the image by using the
IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
variable.
Defines the package type (DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used
by the OpenEmbedded build system.
The variable is defined appropriately by the
package_deb
,
package_rpm
,
package_ipk
,
or
package_tar
class.
The
package_sdk_base
and
image
classes use the IMAGE_PKGTYPE
for
packaging up images and SDKs.
You should not set the IMAGE_PKGTYPE
manually.
Rather, the variable is set indirectly through the
appropriate
package_*
class using the
PACKAGE_CLASSES
variable.
The OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type
(e.g. DEB, RPM, or IPK) that appears with the variable
.tar
format are
never used as a substitute packaging format for DEB,
RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image or SDK.
Added by classes to run post processing commands once the OpenEmbedded build system has created the image. You can specify shell commands separated by semicolons:
IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "<shell_command>; ... "
If you need to pass the path to the root filesystem within
the command, you can use
${IMAGE_ROOTFS}
, which points to
the root filesystem image.
The location of the root filesystem while it is under
construction (i.e. during do_rootfs
).
This variable is not configurable.
Do not change it.
Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes.
By default, this variable is set to "0".
This free disk space is added to the image after the build system determines
the image size as described in
IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE
.
This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of free disk space is available, set the variable as follows:
IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880"
For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line:
IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040"
Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded build system determines the final size for the generated image using an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically, the build system determines the final size of the generated image as follows:
if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size: internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace else: internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace where: image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image. overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications. xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
See the IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR
and IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
variables for related information.
Specifies a dependency from one image type on another.
Here is an example from the
image-live
class:
IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3"
In the previous example, the variable ensures that when
"live" is listed with the
IMAGE_FSTYPES
variable, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an
ext3
image first since one of the
components of the live
image is an ext3
formatted partition containing the root
filesystem.
Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default:
jffs2 jffs2.sum cramfs ext2 ext2.gz ext2.bz2 ext3 ext3.gz ext2.lzma btrfs live squashfs squashfs-xz ubi ubifs tar tar.gz tar.bz2 tar.xz cpio cpio.gz cpio.xz cpio.lzma vmdk elf
For more information on how these types of images, see
meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass
in the
Source Directory.
Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share
a common include
file.
You can think of this variable as part of the recipe revision
as set from within an include file.
Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that
are used across several projects.
And, within each of those recipes the revision
(its PR
value) is set accordingly.
In this case, when the revision of those recipes changes,
the burden is on you to find all those recipes and
be sure that they get changed to reflect the updated
version of the recipe.
In this scenario, it can get complicated when recipes
that are used in many places and provide common functionality
are upgraded to a new revision.
A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is
to set the INC_PR
variable inside
the include
files that the recipes
share and then expand the INC_PR
variable within the recipes to help
define the recipe revision.
The following provides an example that shows how to use
the INC_PR
variable
given a common include
file that
defines the variable.
Once the variable is defined in the
include
file, you can use the
variable to set the PR
values in
each recipe.
You will notice that when you set a recipe's
PR
you can provide more granular
revisioning by appending values to the
INC_PR
variable:
recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2" recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1" recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0" recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3"
The first line of the example establishes the baseline
revision to be used for all recipes that use the
include
file.
The remaining lines in the example are from individual
recipes and show how the PR
value
is set.
Specifies a space-separated list of license names
(as they would appear in
LICENSE
)
that should be excluded from the build.
Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed incompatible
licenses are not built.
Packages that are individually licensed with the specified
incompatible licenses will be deleted.
INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPLv3"Although you can use other settings, you might be required to remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that are required to produce a functional system image.
Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler
and standard C library (libc), from being added to
DEPENDS
.
This variable is usually used within recipes that do not
require any compilation using the C compiler.
Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from being added.
If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting packages.
Causes the named class to be inherited at this point during parsing. The variable is only valid in configuration files.
Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is unlikely that you want to edit this variable.
The default value of the variable is set as follows in the
meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf
file:
INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license"
Defines the format for the output image of an initial
RAM disk (initramfs), which is used during boot.
Supported formats are the same as those supported by the
IMAGE_FSTYPES
variable.
Causes the OpenEmbedded build system to build an additional
recipe as a dependency to your root filesystem recipe
(e.g. core-image-sato
).
The additional recipe is used to create an initial RAM disk
(initramfs) that might be needed during the initial boot of
the target system to accomplish such things as loading
kernel modules prior to mounting the root file system.
When you set the variable, specify the name of the
initramfs you want created.
The following example, which is set in the
local.conf
configuration file, causes
a separate recipe to be created that results in an
initramfs image named
core-image-sato-initramfs.bb
to be
created:
INITRAMFS_IMAGE = "core-image-minimal-initramfs"
By default, the
kernel
class sets this variable to a null string as follows:
INITRAMFS_IMAGE = ""
See the
local.conf.sample.extended
file for additional information.
You can also reference the
kernel.bbclass
file to see how the variable is used.
Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by
INITRAMFS_IMAGE
is run through an extra pass during kernel compilation
in order to build a single binary that contains both the
kernel image and the initial RAM disk (initramfs).
Using an extra compilation pass ensures that when a kernel
attempts to use an initramfs, it does not encounter
circular dependencies should the initramfs include kernel
modules.
The combined binary is deposited into the
tmp/deploy
directory, which is part
of the
Build Directory.
Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the OpenEmbedded build system to make the extra pass during kernel compilation:
INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1"
By default, the
kernel
class sets this variable to a null string as follows:
INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = ""
INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE
variable in
a configuration file.
You cannot set the variable in a recipe file.
See the
local.conf.sample.extended
file for additional information.
Indicates a filesystem image to use as an initial RAM
disk (initrd
).
The INITRD
variable is an optional
variable used with the
buildimg
class.
The filename of the initialization script as installed to
${sysconfdir}/init.d
.
This variable is used in recipes when using update-rc.d.bbclass
.
The variable is mandatory.
A list of the packages that contain initscripts.
If multiple packages are specified, you need to append the package name
to the other INITSCRIPT_*
as an override.
This variable is used in recipes when using update-rc.d.bbclass
.
The variable is optional and defaults to the
PN
variable.
Specifies the options to pass to update-rc.d
.
Here is an example:
INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ."
In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6.
The variable is mandatory and is used in recipes when using
update-rc.d.bbclass
.
Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package
within a recipe.
For example, to skip the check for symbolic link
.so
files in the main package of a
recipe, add the following to the recipe.
The package name override must be used, which in this
example is ${PN}
:
INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so"
See the "insane.bbclass
"
section for a list of the valid QA checks you can
specify using this variable.
When the IPK backend is in use and package management
is enabled on the target, you can use this variable to
set up opkg
in the target image
to point to package feeds on a nominated server.
Once the feed is established, you can perform
installations or upgrades using the package manager
at runtime.
Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the configuration. Architectures supported for this release are:
powerpc i386 x86_64 arm qemu mips
You define the KARCH
variable in the
BSP Descriptions.
A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly
identify the kernel branch that is validated, patched
and configured during a build.
The KBRANCH
variable is optional.
You can use it to trigger checks to ensure the exact kernel
branch you want is being used by the build process.
Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe
file and the kernel's append file.
For example, if you are using the Yocto Project kernel that
is based on the Linux 3.10 kernel, the kernel recipe file
is the
meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.10.bb
file.
Following is the default value for KBRANCH
and the default override for the architectures the Yocto
Project supports:
KBRANCH_DEFAULT = "standard/base" KBRANCH = "${KBRANCH_DEFAULT}"
This branch exists in the linux-yocto-3.10
kernel Git repository
http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit.cgi/linux-yocto-3.10/refs/heads.
This variable is also used from the kernel's append file
to identify the kernel branch specific to a particular
machine or target hardware.
The kernel's append file is located in the BSP layer for
a given machine.
For example, the kernel append file for the Crown Bay BSP is in the
meta-intel
Git repository and is named
meta-crownbay/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.10.bbappend
.
Here are the related statements from the append file:
COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_crownbay = "crownbay" KMACHINE_crownbay = "crownbay" KBRANCH_crownbay = "standard/crownbay" KERNEL_FEATURES_append_crownbay = " features/drm-emgd/drm-emgd-1.18 cfg/vesafb" COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_crownbay-noemgd = "crownbay-noemgd" KMACHINE_crownbay-noemgd = "crownbay" KBRANCH_crownbay-noemgd = "standard/crownbay" KERNEL_FEATURES_append_crownbay-noemgd = " cfg/vesafb"
The KBRANCH_*
statements identify
the kernel branch to use when building for the Crown
Bay BSP.
In this case there are two identical statements: one
for each type of Crown Bay machine.
Defines the Linux kernel source repository's default
branch used to build the Linux kernel.
The KBRANCH_DEFAULT
value is
the default value for
KBRANCH
.
Unless you specify otherwise,
KBRANCH_DEFAULT
initializes to
"master".
Specifies additional make
command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded build system
passes on when compiling the kernel.
Includes additional metadata from the Yocto Project kernel Git repository.
In the OpenEmbedded build system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs)
Metadata
is provided through
the KMACHINE
and KBRANCH
variables.
You can use the KERNEL_FEATURES
variable to further
add metadata for all BSPs.
The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments and
features descriptions,
which usually includes patches as well as config fragments.
You typically override the KERNEL_FEATURES
variable
for a specific machine.
In this way, you can provide validated, but optional, sets of kernel
configurations and features.
For example, the following adds netfilter
to all
the Yocto Project kernels and adds sound support to the qemux86
machine:
# Add netfilter to all linux-yocto kernels KERNEL_FEATURES="features/netfilter" # Add sound support to the qemux86 machine KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86=" cfg/sound"
The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the kernel class as follows:
KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}-${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}"
See the
KERNEL_IMAGETYPE
,
PKGE
,
PKGV
,
PKGR
,
MACHINE
,
and
DATETIME
variables for additional information.
The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the
machine configuration files and defaults to "zImage".
This variable is used
when building the kernel and is passed to make
as the target to
build.
The location of the kernel sources.
This variable is set to the value of the
STAGING_KERNEL_DIR
within the module.bbclass
class.
For information on how this variable is used, see the
"Incorporating Out-of-Tree Modules"
section.
To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers
used to build modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also
recognizes and uses the
KERNEL_SRC
variable, which is identical to the
KERNEL_PATH
variable.
Both variables are common variables used by external
Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
The location of the kernel sources.
This variable is set to the value of the
STAGING_KERNEL_DIR
within the module.bbclass
class.
For information on how this variable is used, see the
"Incorporating Out-of-Tree Modules"
section.
To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers
used to build modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also
recognizes and uses the
KERNEL_PATH
variable, which is identical to the
KERNEL_SRC
variable.
Both variables are common variables used by external
Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
Provides a short description of a configuration fragment.
You use this variable in the .scc
file that describes a configuration fragment file.
Here is the variable used in a file named
smp.scc
to describe SMP being
enabled:
define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP"
The machine as known by the kernel.
Sometimes the machine name used by the kernel does not match the machine name
used by the OpenEmbedded build system.
For example, the machine name that the OpenEmbedded build system understands as
qemuarm
goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel.
The kernel understands that machine as arm_versatile926ejs
.
For cases like these, the KMACHINE
variable maps the
kernel machine name to the OpenEmbedded build system machine name.
Kernel machine names are initially defined in the
Yocto Linux Kernel's meta
branch.
From the meta
branch, look in
the meta/cfg/kernel-cache/bsp/<bsp_name>/<bsp-name>-<kernel-type>.scc
file.
For example, from the meta
branch in the
linux-yocto-3.0
kernel, the
meta/cfg/kernel-cache/bsp/cedartrail/cedartrail-standard.scc
file
has the following:
define KMACHINE cedartrail define KTYPE standard define KARCH i386 include ktypes/standard branch cedartrail include cedartrail.scc
You can see that the kernel understands the machine name for
the Cedar Trail Board Support Package (BSP) as
cedartrail
.
If you look in the Cedar Trail BSP layer in the
meta-intel
Source Repositories
at meta-cedartrail/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.0.bbappend
,
you will find the following statements among others:
COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_cedartrail = "cedartrail" KMACHINE_cedartrail = "cedartrail" KBRANCH_cedartrail = "yocto/standard/cedartrail" KERNEL_FEATURES_append_cedartrail += "bsp/cedartrail/cedartrail-pvr-merge.scc" KERNEL_FEATURES_append_cedartrail += "cfg/efi-ext.scc" COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_cedartrail-nopvr = "cedartrail" KMACHINE_cedartrail-nopvr = "cedartrail" KBRANCH_cedartrail-nopvr = "yocto/standard/cedartrail" KERNEL_FEATURES_append_cedartrail-nopvr += " cfg/smp.scc"
The KMACHINE
statements in the kernel's append file make sure that
the OpenEmbedded build system and the Yocto Linux kernel understand the same machine
names.
This append file uses two KMACHINE
statements.
The first is not really necessary but does ensure that the machine known to the
OpenEmbedded build system as cedartrail
maps to the machine
in the kernel also known as cedartrail
:
KMACHINE_cedartrail = "cedartrail"
The second statement is a good example of why the KMACHINE
variable
is needed.
In this example, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the cedartrail-nopvr
machine name to refer to the Cedar Trail BSP that does not support the proprietary
PowerVR driver.
The kernel, however, uses the machine name cedartrail
.
Thus, the append file must map the cedartrail-nopvr
machine name to
the kernel's cedartrail
name:
KMACHINE_cedartrail-nopvr = "cedartrail"
BSPs that ship with the Yocto Project release provide all mappings between the Yocto
Project kernel machine names and the OpenEmbedded machine names.
Be sure to use the KMACHINE
if you create a BSP and the machine
name you use is different than that used in the kernel.
Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" kernel types. See the "Kernel Types" section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on kernel types.
You define the KTYPE
variable in the
BSP Descriptions.
The value you use must match the value used for the
LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE
value used by the kernel recipe.
Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration.
See the
grub-efi
class for more information on how this variable is used.
Lists the layers that this recipe depends upon, separated by spaces.
Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency
by adding it to the end of the layer name with a colon, (e.g. "anotherlayer:3"
to be compared against
LAYERVERSION
_anotherlayer
in this case).
An error will be produced if any dependency is missing or
the version numbers do not match exactly (if specified).
This variable is used in the conf/layer.conf
file
and must be suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer
).
When used inside the layer.conf
configuration
file, this variable provides the path of the current layer.
This variable is not available outside of layer.conf
and references are expanded immediately when parsing of the file completes.
Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number.
You can use this within
LAYERDEPENDS
for another layer in order to depend on a specific version
of the layer.
This variable is used in the conf/layer.conf
file
and must be suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
LAYERVERSION_mylayer
).
Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file
(.so
) that the
debian
class applies its naming policy to given a recipe that
packages multiple libraries.
This variable works in conjunction with the
debian
class.
Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code.
This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any license change.
This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless
LICENSE
is set to "CLOSED")
For more information, see the Tracking License Changes section
The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules:
Do not use spaces within individual license names.
Separate license names using | (pipe) when there is a choice between licenses.
Separate license names using & (ampersand) when multiple licenses exist that cover different parts of the source.
You can use spaces between license names.
For standard licenses, use the names
of the files in
meta/files/common-licenses/
or the
SPDXLICENSEMAP
flag names defined in
meta/conf/licenses.conf
.
Here are some examples:
LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3" LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1" LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
The first example is from the recipes for Qt, which the user
may choose to distribute under either the LGPL version
2.1 or GPL version 3.
The second example is from Cairo where two licenses cover
different parts of the source code.
The final example is from sysstat
,
which presents a single license.
You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle situations where components of the output have different licenses. For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2 but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows:
LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2" LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2" LICENSE_${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2"
Path to additional licenses used during the build.
By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses COMMON_LICENSE_DIR
to define the directory that holds common license text used during the build.
The LICENSE_PATH
variable allows you to extend that
location to other areas that have additional licenses:
LICENSE_PATH += "/path/to/additional/common/licenses"
Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" kernel types. See the "Kernel Types" section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on kernel types.
If you do not specify a
LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE
, it defaults to
"standard".
Together with
KMACHINE
,
the LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE
variable
defines the search
arguments used by the kernel tools to find the appropriate
description within the kernel
Metadata
with which to build out the sources and configuration.
The Linux version from kernel.org
on which the Linux kernel image being built using the
OpenEmbedded build system is based.
You define this variable in the kernel recipe.
For example, the linux-yocto-3.4.bb
kernel recipe found in
meta/recipes-kernel/linux
defines the variables as follows:
LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24"
The LINUX_VERSION
variable is used to
define PV
for the recipe:
PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}"
A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel recipes all define the variable as follows:
LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}"
Defining this variable essentially sets the
Linux kernel configuration item
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION
, which is visible
through the uname
command.
Here is an example that shows the extension assuming it
was set as previously shown:
$ uname -r 3.7.0-rc8-custom
Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build
system writes overall log files.
The default directory is ${TMPDIR}/log
.
For the directory containing logs specific to each task,
see the T
variable.
Specifies the target device for which the image is built.
You define MACHINE
in the
local.conf
file found in the
Build Directory.
By default, MACHINE
is set to
"qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to
be emulated using QEMU:
MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the
same name, through which machine-specific configurations are set.
Thus, when MACHINE
is set to "qemux86" there
exists the corresponding qemux86.conf
machine
configuration file, which can be found in the
Source Directory
in meta/conf/machine
.
The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped include the following:
MACHINE ?= "qemuarm" MACHINE ?= "qemumips" MACHINE ?= "qemuppc" MACHINE ?= "qemux86" MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64" MACHINE ?= "genericx86" MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64" MACHINE ?= "beaglebone" MACHINE ?= "mpc8315e-rdb" MACHINE ?= "edgerouter"
The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware boards, which
are provided in the meta-yocto-bsp
layer.
MACHINE
.
A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of
the image being built.
The build process depends on these packages being present.
Furthermore, because this is a "machine essential" variable, the list of
packages are essential for the machine to boot.
The impact of this variable affects images based on
packagegroup-core-boot
,
including the core-image-minimal
image.
This variable is similar to the
MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS
variable with the exception that the image being built has a build
dependency on the variable's list of packages.
In other words, the image will not build if a file in this list is not found.
As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building requires
example-init
to be run during boot to initialize the hardware.
In this case, you would use the following in the machine's
.conf
configuration file:
MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init"
A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of
the image being built.
The build process does not depend on these packages being present.
However, because this is a "machine essential" variable, the list of
packages are essential for the machine to boot.
The impact of this variable affects images based on
packagegroup-core-boot
,
including the core-image-minimal
image.
This variable is similar to the
MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS
variable with the exception that the image being built does not have a build
dependency on the variable's list of packages.
In other words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not found.
Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel modules, whose
functionality may be selected to be built into the kernel rather than as a module,
in which case a package will not be produced.
Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific touchscreen
driver is required for the machine to be usable.
However, the driver can be built as a module or
into the kernel depending on the kernel configuration.
If the driver is built as a module, you want it to be installed.
But, when the driver is built into the kernel, you still want the
build to succeed.
This variable sets up a "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case,
the build will not fail due to the missing package.
To accomplish this, assuming the package for the module was called
kernel-module-ab123
, you would use the
following in the machine's .conf
configuration
file:
MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123"
Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen, keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine).
A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However, the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the packages being present.
This variable affects all images based on
packagegroup-base
, which does not include the
core-image-minimal
or core-image-full-cmdline
images.
The variable is similar to the
MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS
variable with the exception that the image being built has a build
dependency on the variable's list of packages.
In other words, the image will not build if a file in this list is not found.
An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not
essential for the machine to boot the image.
However, if you are building a more fully-featured image, you want to enable
the WiFi.
The package containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always
expected to exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon
finding the package.
In this case, assuming the package for the firmware was called
wifidriver-firmware
, you would use the following in the
.conf
file for the machine:
MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware"
A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image being built has no build dependency on this list of packages.
This variable affects only images based on
packagegroup-base
, which does not include the
core-image-minimal
or core-image-full-cmdline
images.
This variable is similar to the
MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS
variable with the exception that the image being built does not have a build
dependency on the variable's list of packages.
In other words, the image will build if a file in this list is not found.
An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
For the machine to boot the image.
However, if you are building a more fully-featured image, you want to enable
WiFi.
In this case, the package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced
if the WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want the
build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package not being found.
To accomplish this, assuming the package for the module was called
kernel-module-examplewifi
, you would use the
following in the .conf
file for the machine:
MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi"
Specifies the list of hardware features the
MACHINE
is capable
of supporting.
For related information on enabling features, see the
DISTRO_FEATURES
,
COMBINED_FEATURES
,
and
IMAGE_FEATURES
variables.
For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as shipped, see the "Machine Features" section.
Features to be added to
MACHINE_FEATURES
if not also present in
MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED
.
This variable is set in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf
file.
It is not intended to be user-configurable.
It is best to just reference the variable to see which machine features are
being backfilled for all machine configurations.
See the "Feature backfilling" section for
more information.
Features from
MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL
that should not be backfilled (i.e. added to
MACHINE_FEATURES
)
during the build.
See the "Feature backfilling" section for
more information.
Lists overrides specific to the current machine.
By default, this list includes the value
of MACHINE
.
You can extend the list to apply variable overrides for
classes of machines.
For example, all QEMU emulated machines (e.g. qemuarm,
qemux86, and so forth) include a common file named
meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc
that prepends MACHINEOVERRIDES
with
the following variable override:
MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:"
Applying an override like qemuall
affects all QEMU emulated machines elsewhere.
Here is an example from the
connman-conf
recipe:
SRC_URI_append_qemuall = "file://wired.config \ file://wired-setup \ "
The email address of the distribution maintainer.
Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded
build system gets source code.
When the build system searches for source code, it first
tries the local download directory.
If that location fails, the build system tries locations
defined by
PREMIRRORS
,
the upstream source, and then locations specified by
MIRRORS
in that order.
Assuming your distribution
(DISTRO
)
is "poky", the default value for
MIRRORS
is defined in the
conf/distro/poky.conf
file in the
meta-yocto
Git repository.
Specifies a prefix has been added to
PN
to create a special version
of a recipe or package, such as a Multilib version.
The variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be
added to or removed from a the name (e.g. the
BPN
variable).
MLPREFIX
gets set when a prefix has been
added to PN
.
Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot.
You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe itself).
Specify it as follows:
module_autoload_<modname> = "modname1 modname2 modname3"
You must use the kernel module name override.
Including module_autoload
causes the
OpenEmbedded build system to populate the
/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf
file with the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot.
The modules appear one-per-line in the file.
Here is an example of the most common use case:
module_autoload_modname = "modname"
For information on how to populate the
modname.conf
file with
modprobe.d
syntax lines, see the
module_conf
variable.
Specifies modprobe.d
syntax lines
for inclusion in the
/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf
file.
You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe itself).
Here is the general syntax:
module_conf_<modname> = "modprobe.d-syntax"
You must use the kernel module name override.
Run man modprobe.d
in the shell to
find out more information on the exact syntax for lines
you want to provide with module_conf
.
Including module_conf
causes the
OpenEmbedded build system to populate the
/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf
file with modprobe.d
syntax lines.
Here is an example:
module_conf_<modname> = "options modname arg1=val1 arg2=val2"
For information on how to specify kernel modules to
auto-load on boot, see the
module_autoload
variable.
The base name of the kernel modules tarball. This variable is set in the kernel class as follows:
MODULE_IMAGE_BASE_NAME ?= "modules-${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}"
See the
PKGE
,
PKGV
,
PKGR
,
MACHINE
,
and
DATETIME
variables for additional information.
Controls creation of the modules-*.tgz
file.
Set this variable to "0" to disable creation of this
file, which contains all of the kernel modules resulting
from a kernel build.
Separates files for different machines such that you can build
for multiple target machines using the same output directories.
See the STAMP
variable
for an example.
A string identifying the host distribution.
Strings consist of the host distributor ID
followed by the release, as reported by the
lsb_release
tool
or as read from /etc/lsb-release
.
For example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value
is "Ubuntu-12.10".
If this information is unable to be determined, the value
resolves to "Unknown".
This variable is used by default to isolate native shared
state packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid
problems with glibc
version
incompatibilities).
Additionally, the variable is checked against
SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS
if that variable is set.
Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages.
Recommended-only packages are packages installed only
through the
RRECOMMENDS
variable).
Setting the NO_RECOMMENDATIONS
variable
to "1" turns this feature on:
NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1"
You can set this variable globally in your
local.conf
file or you can attach it to
a specific image recipe by using the recipe name override:
NO_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-<target_image> = "<package_name>"
It is important to realize that if you choose to not install
packages using this variable and some other packages are
dependent on them (i.e. listed in a recipe's
RDEPENDS
variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your
request and will install the packages to avoid dependency
errors.
IMAGE_INSTALL
variable.
Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
See the
BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS
and the
PACKAGE_EXCLUDE
variables for related information.
Causes the OpenEmbedded build system to skip building the
.hddimg
image.
The NOHDD
variable is used with the
buildimg
class.
Set the variable to "1" to prevent the
.hddimg
image from being built.
Causes the OpenEmbedded build system to skip building the
ISO image.
The NOISO
variable is used with the
buildimg
class.
Set the variable to "1" to prevent the ISO image from
being built.
To enable building an ISO image, set the variable to "0".
When a recipe inherits the
binconfig.bbclass
class, this variable
specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed" command.
The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts
that have been set up during compilation.
Inheriting this class results in all paths in these scripts
being changed to point into the
sysroots/
directory so that all builds
that use the script will use the correct directories
for the cross compiling layout.
See the meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass
in the
Source Directory
for details on how this class applies these additional
sed command arguments.
For general information on the
binconfig.bbclass
class, see the
"Binary Configuration Scripts - binconfig.bbclass
"
section.
An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system.
Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns
interactive terminals on the host development system
(e.g. using the BitBake command with the
-c devshell
command-line option).
For more information, see the
"Using a Development Shell" section
in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
You can use the following values for the
OE_TERMINAL
variable:
auto gnome xfce rxvt screen konsole none
OE_TERMINAL
The directory from which the top-level build environment
setup script is sourced.
The Yocto Project makes two top-level build environment
setup scripts available:
oe-init-build-env
and
oe-init-build-env-memres
.
When you run one of these scripts, the
OEROOT
variable resolves to the
directory that contains the script.
For additional information on how this variable is used, see the initialization scripts.
Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the
produced binaries must support.
This variable is passed into the build of the Embedded
GNU C Library (eglibc
).
The default for this variable comes from the
meta/conf/bitbake.conf
configuration
file.
You can override this default by setting the variable
in a custom distribution configuration file.
BitBake uses OVERRIDES
to control
what variables are overridden after BitBake parses
recipes and configuration files.
You can find more information on how overrides are handled
in the
BitBake Manual.
The recipe name and version.
P
is comprised of the following:
${PN}-${PV}
The architecture of the resulting package or packages.
Enables easily adding packages to
PACKAGES
before ${PN}
so that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be
included in the default package.
This variable, which is set in the
local.conf
configuration file found in
the conf
folder of the
Build Directory,
specifies the package manager the OpenEmbedded build system
uses when packaging data.
You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the variable:
PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk package_tar"
The build system uses only the first argument in the list
as the package manager when creating your image or SDK.
However, packages will be created using any additional
packaging classes you specify.
For example, if you use the following in your
local.conf
file:
PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk package_tar"
The OpenEmbedded build system uses the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK as well as generating TAR packages.
You cannot specify the
package_tar
class first in the list.
Files using the .tar
format cannot
be used as a substitute packaging format
for DEB, RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image or SDK.
For information on packaging and build performance effects
as a result of the package manager in use, see the
"package.bbclass
"
section.
Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For example:
PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "<package_name> <package_name> <package_name> ..."
You can set this variable globally in your
local.conf
file or you can attach it to
a specific image recipe by using the recipe name override:
PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-<target_image> = "<package_name>"
If you choose to not install
a package using this variable and some other package is
dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's
RDEPENDS
variable), the OpenEmbedded build system generates a fatal
installation error.
Because the build system halts the process with a fatal
error, you can use the variable with an iterative
development process to remove specific components from a
system.
Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
See the
NO_RECOMMENDATIONS
and the
BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS
variables for related information.
Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU. This variable is useful when you build for several different devices that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS).
The PACKAGE_GROUP
variable has been
renamed to
FEATURE_PACKAGES
.
See the variable description for
FEATURE_PACKAGES
for information.
If if you use the PACKAGE_GROUP
variable, the OpenEmbedded build system issues a warning
message.
The final list of packages passed to the package manager for installation into the image.
Because the package manager controls actual installation
of all packages, the list of packages passed using
PACKAGE_INSTALL
is not the final list
of packages that are actually installed.
This variable is internal to the image construction
code.
Consequently, in general, you should use the
IMAGE_INSTALL
variable to specify packages for installation.
The exception to this is when working with
the
core-image-minimal-initramfs
image.
When working with an initial RAM disk (initramfs)
image, use the PACKAGE_INSTALL
variable.
This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling
features of a recipe on a per-recipe basis.
PACKAGECONFIG
blocks are defined
in recipes when you specify features and then arguments
that define feature behaviors.
Here is the basic block structure:
PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..." PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "--with-f1,--without-f1,build-deps-f1,rt-deps-f1" PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "--with-f2,--without-f2,build-deps-f2,rt-deps-f2" PACKAGECONFIG[f3] = "--with-f3,--without-f3,build-deps-f3,rt-deps-f3"
The PACKAGECONFIG
variable itself specifies a space-separated list of the
features to enable.
Following the features, you can determine the behavior of
each feature by providing up to four order-dependent
arguments, which are separated by commas.
You can omit any argument you like but must retain the
separating commas.
The order is important and specifies the following:
Extra arguments
that should be added to the configure script
argument list
(EXTRA_OECONF
)
if the feature is enabled.
Extra arguments
that should be added to EXTRA_OECONF
if the feature is disabled.
Additional build dependencies
(DEPENDS
)
that should be added if the feature is enabled.
Additional runtime dependencies
(RDEPENDS
)
that should be added if the feature is enabled.
Consider the following
PACKAGECONFIG
block taken from the
librsvg
recipe.
In this example the feature is croco
,
which has three arguments that determine the feature's
behavior.
PACKAGECONFIG ??= "croco" PACKAGECONFIG[croco] = "--with-croco,--without-croco,libcroco"
The --with-croco
and
libcroco
arguments apply only if
the feature is enabled.
In this case, --with-croco
is
added to the configure script argument list and
libcroco
is added to
DEPENDS
.
On the other hand, if the feature is disabled say through
a .bbappend
file in another layer, then
the second argument --without-croco
is
added to the configure script rather than
--with-croco
.
The basic PACKAGECONFIG
structure
previously described holds true regardless of whether you
are creating a block or changing a block.
When creating a block, use the structure inside your
recipe.
If you want to change an existing
PACKAGECONFIG
block, you can do so
one of two ways:
Append file:
Create an append file named
<recipename>.bbappend
in your
layer and override the value of
PACKAGECONFIG
.
You can either completely override the variable:
PACKAGECONFIG="f4 f5"
Or, you can just append the variable:
PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4"
Configuration file:
This method is identical to changing the block
through an append file except you edit your
local.conf
or
<mydistro>.conf
file.
As with append files previously described,
you can either completely override the variable:
PACKAGECONFIG_pn-<recipename>="f4 f5"
Or, you can just amend the variable:
PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-<recipename> = " f4"
The list of packages to be created from the recipe. The default value is the following:
${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN}
A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies
for optional modules that are found in other recipes.
PACKAGES_DYNAMIC
does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it only states that
they should be satisfied.
For example, if a hard, runtime dependency
(RDEPENDS
)
of another package is satisfied
at build time through the PACKAGES_DYNAMIC
variable, but a package with the module name is never actually
produced, then the other package will be broken.
Thus, if you attempt to include that package in an image,
you will get a dependency failure from the packaging system
during do_rootfs
.
Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can
occur and the package that is not created is valid
without the dependency being satisfied, then you should use
RRECOMMENDS
(a soft runtime dependency) instead of
RDEPENDS
.
For an example of how to use the PACKAGES_DYNAMIC
variable when you are splitting packages, see the
"Handling Optional Module Packaging" section
in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
Extra options passed to the make
command during the do_compile
task
in order to specify parallel compilation on the local
build host.
This variable is usually in the form "-j <x>",
where x represents the maximum number of parallel threads
make
can run.
If your development host supports multiple cores, a good
rule of thumb is to set this variable to twice the number
of cores on the host.
If you do not set PARALLEL_MAKE
, it
defaults to the number of cores your build system has.
make
process in parallel.
Extra options passed to the
make install
command during the
do_install
task in order to specify
parallel installation.
This variable defaults to the value of
PARALLEL_MAKE
.
make install
process in parallel.
Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user".
The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the conflicts.
Set this variable in your
local.conf
file.
Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe
during do_patch
.
You can specify one of three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or
"git".
The default utility used is "quilt" except for the
quilt-native recipe itself.
Because the quilt tool is not available at the
time quilt-native is being patched, it uses "patch".
If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in the recipe using one of the following:
PATCHTOOL = "patch" PATCHTOOL = "quilt" PATCHTOOL = "git"
The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme changes in some backwards incompatible way.
Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and revision
numbers (i.e. eglibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/
and
bash-4.2-r1/
).
This variable is comprised of the following:
${PN}-${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
When a recipe inherits the
pixbufcache
class, this variable identifies packages that contain
the pixbuf loaders used with
gdk-pixbuf
.
By default, the pixbufcache
class
assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package
(i.e. ${
PN
}
).
Use this variable if the loaders you need are in a package
other than that main package.
The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build system.
PKG
variable, you
must use a package name override.
For example, when the
debian
class renames the output package, it does so by setting
PKG_<packagename>
.
Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to the following:
${WORKDIR}/package
Do not change this default.
Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data
generated during the packaging process.
During the packaging process, the
do_packagedata
task packages
data for each recipe and installs it into this temporary,
shared area.
This directory defaults to the following:
${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata
Do not change this default.
Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to the following:
${WORKDIR}/packages-split
Under this directory, the build system creates
directories for each package specified in
PACKAGES
.
Do not change this default.
Points to a temporary work area used by the
do_package
task to write output
from the do_packagedata
task.
The PKGDESTWORK
location defaults to
the following:
${WORKDIR}/pkgdata
The do_packagedata
task then packages
the data in the temporary work area and installs it into a
shared directory pointed to by
PKGDATA_DIR
.
Do not change this default.
The epoch of the output package built by the
OpenEmbedded build system.
By default, PKGE
is set to
PE
.
The revision of the output package built by the
OpenEmbedded build system.
By default, PKGR
is set to
PR
.
The version of the output package built by the
OpenEmbedded build system.
By default, PKGV
is set to
PV
.
This variable can have two separate functions depending on the context: a recipe name or a resulting package name.
PN
refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used
by the OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package.
The name is normally extracted from the recipe file name.
For example, if the recipe is named
expat_2.0.1.bb
, then the default value of PN
will be "expat".
The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system.
If applicable, the PN
variable also contains any special
suffix or prefix.
For example, using bash
to build packages for the native
machine, PN
is bash-native
.
Using bash
to build packages for the target and for Multilib,
PN
would be bash
and
lib64-bash
, respectively.
Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system
to build.
This variable works in conjunction with the
blacklist
class, which the recipe must inherit globally.
To prevent a recipe from being built, inherit the class
globally and use the variable in your
local.conf
file.
Here is an example that prevents
myrecipe
from being built:
INHERIT += "blacklist" PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization."
The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is "r0".
If multiple recipes provide an item, this variable
determines which recipe should be given preference.
You should always suffix the variable with the name of the
provided item, and you should set it to the
PN
of the recipe to which you want to give precedence.
Some examples:
PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa"
If there are multiple versions of recipes available, this
variable determines which recipe should be given preference.
You must always suffix the variable with the
PN
you want to select, and you should set the
PV
accordingly for precedence.
You can use the "%
" character as a
wildcard to match any number of characters, which can be
useful when specifying versions that contain long revision
numbers that could potentially change.
Here are two examples:
PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "2.7.3" PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "3.10%"
Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded
build system gets source code.
When the build system searches for source code, it first
tries the local download directory.
If that location fails, the build system tries locations
defined by PREMIRRORS
, the upstream
source, and then locations specified by
MIRRORS
in that order.
Assuming your distribution
(DISTRO
)
is "poky", the default value for
PREMIRRORS
is defined in the
conf/distro/poky.conf
file in the
meta-yocto
Git repository.
Typically, you could add a specific server for the
build system to attempt before any others by adding
something like the following to the
local.conf
configuration file in the
Build Directory:
PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\ git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n"
These changes cause the build system to intercept
Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and direct them to
the http://
sources mirror.
You can use file://
URLs to point
to local directories or network shares as well.
The PRINC
variable has been deprecated
and triggers a warning if detected during a build.
For
PR
increments on changes, use the PR service instead.
You can find out more about this service in the
"Working With a PR Service"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
A list of aliases that a recipe also provides.
These aliases are useful for satisfying dependencies of
other recipes during the build (as specified by
DEPENDS
).
The network based
PR
service host and port.
The conf/local.conf.sample.extended
configuration file in the
Source Directory
shows how the PRSERV_HOST
variable is
set:
PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0"
You must set the variable if you want to automatically
start a local
PR service.
You can set PRSERV_HOST
to other
values to use a remote PR service.
The version of the recipe.
The version is normally extracted from the recipe filename.
For example, if the recipe is named
expat_2.0.1.bb
, then the default value of PV
will be "2.0.1".
PV
is generally not overridden within
a recipe unless it is building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code repository
(e.g. Git or Subversion).
When used by recipes that inherit the
distutils3
,
setuptools3
,
distutils
,
or
setuptools
classes, denotes the Application Binary Interface (ABI)
currently in use for Python.
By default, the ABI is "m".
You do not have to set this variable as the OpenEmbedded
build system sets it for you.
The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct
directory names used when installing the Python headers
and libraries in sysroot
(e.g. .../python3.3m/...
).
Recipes that inherit the
distutils
class during cross-builds also use this variable to
locate the headers and libraries of the appropriate Python
that the extension is targeting.
When used by recipes that inherit the
distutils3
,
setuptools3
,
distutils
,
or
setuptools
classes, specifies the major Python version being built.
For Python 2.x, PYTHON_PN
would
be "python2". For Python 3.x, the variable would be
"python3".
You do not have to set this variable as the
OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you.
The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the following:
DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native"
In the previous example, the version of the dependency
is PYTHON_PN
.
Specifies your own subset of .pro
files to be built for use with
qmake
.
If you do not set this variable, all
.pro
files in the directory pointed to
by S
will be built by default.
This variable is used with recipes that inherit the
qmake_base
class or other classes that inherit
qmake_base
.
The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed.
Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:
RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another-conflicting-package-name"
BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
specifying versioned dependencies.
Although the syntax varies depending on the packaging
format, BitBake hides these differences from you.
Here is the general syntax to specify versions with
the RCONFLICTS
variable:
RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "<package> (<operator> <version>)"
For operator
, you can specify the
following:
= < > <= >=
For example, the following sets up a dependency on version
1.2 or greater of the package foo
:
RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
Lists a package's runtime dependencies (i.e. other packages) that must be installed in order for the built package to run correctly. If a package in this list cannot be found during the build, you will get a build error.
When you use the RDEPENDS
variable
in a recipe, you are essentially stating that the recipe's
do_build
task depends on the existence
of a specific package.
Consider this simple example for two recipes named "a" and
"b" that produce similarly named IPK packages.
In this example, the RDEPENDS
statement appears in the "a" recipe:
RDEPENDS_${PN} = "b"
Here, the dependency is such that the
do_build
task for recipe "a" depends
on the do_package_write_ipk
task
of recipe "b".
This means the package file for "b" must be available when
the output for recipe "a" has been completely built.
More importantly, package "a" will be marked as depending
on package "b" in a manner that is understood by the
package manager.
The names of the packages you list within
RDEPENDS
must be the names of other
packages - they cannot be recipe names.
Although package names and recipe names usually match,
the important point here is that you are
providing package names within the
RDEPENDS
variable.
For an example of the default list of packages created from
a recipe, see the
PACKAGES
variable.
Because the RDEPENDS
variable applies
to packages being built, you should always use the variable
in a form with an attached package name.
For example, suppose you are building a development package
that depends on the perl
package.
In this case, you would use the following
RDEPENDS
statement:
RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl"
In the example, the development package depends on
the perl
package.
Thus, the RDEPENDS
variable has the
${PN}-dev
package name as part of the
variable.
The package name you attach to the
RDEPENDS
variable must appear
as it would in the PACKAGES
namespace before any renaming of the output package by
classes like debian.bbclass
.
In many cases you do not need to explicitly add
runtime dependencies using
RDEPENDS
since some automatic
handling occurs:
shlibdeps
: If
a runtime package contains a shared library
(.so
), the build
processes the library in order to determine other
libraries to which it is dynamically linked.
The build process adds these libraries to
RDEPENDS
when creating the runtime
package.
pcdeps
: If
the package ships a pkg-config
information file, the build process uses this file
to add items to the RDEPENDS
variable to create the runtime packages.
BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
specifying versioned dependencies.
Although the syntax varies depending on the packaging
format, BitBake hides these differences from you.
Here is the general syntax to specify versions with
the RDEPENDS
variable:
RDEPENDS_${PN} = "<package> (<operator> <version>)"
For operator
, you can specify the
following:
= < > <= >=
For example, the following sets up a dependency on version
1.2 or greater of the package foo
:
RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
For information on build-time dependencies, see the
DEPENDS
variable.
When a recipe inherits the
distro_features_check
class, this
variable identifies distribution features that must
exist in the current configuration in order for the
OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe.
In other words, if the
REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES
variable
lists a feature that does not appear in
DISTRO_FEATURES
within the
current configuration, an error occurs and the
build stops.
Reclaims disk space by removing previously built
versions of the same image from the
images
directory pointed to by the
DEPLOY_DIR
variable.
Set this variable to "1" in your
local.conf
file to remove these
images.
With rm_work
enabled, this
variable specifies a list of recipes whose work directories
should not be removed.
See the "rm_work.bbclass
"
section for more details.
Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as follows in the BitBake configuration file:
ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root"
You can override the default by setting the variable
in any layer or in the local.conf
file.
Because the default is set using a "weak" assignment
(i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms
to define your override:
ROOT_HOME = "/root" ROOT_HOME ?= "/root"
These override examples use /root
,
which is probably the most commonly used override.
Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem.
The ROOTFS
variable is an optional
variable used with the
buildimg
class.
Added by classes to run post processing commands once the OpenEmbedded build system has created the root filesystem. You can specify shell commands separated by semicolons:
ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "<shell_command>; ... "
If you need to pass the path to the root filesystem within
the command, you can use
${IMAGE_ROOTFS}
, which points to
the root filesystem image.
A list of package name aliases that a package also provides.
These aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies
of other packages both during the build and on the target
(as specified by
RDEPENDS
).
RPROVIDES
list.
As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:
RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2"
A list of packages that extends the usability of a package
being built.
The package being built does not depend on this list of
packages in order to successfully build, but needs them for
the extended usability.
To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see the
RDEPENDS
variable.
The OpenEmbedded build process automatically installs the
list of packages as part of the built package.
However, you can remove these packages later if you want.
If, during the build, a package from the
RRECOMMENDS
list cannot be
found, the build process continues without an error.
You can also prevent packages in the list from being
installed by using several variables.
See the
BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS
,
NO_RECOMMENDATIONS
,
and
PACKAGE_EXCLUDE
variables for more information.
Because the RRECOMMENDS
variable
applies to packages being built, you should always attach
an override to the variable to specify the particular
package whose usability is being extended.
For example, suppose you are building a development package
that is extended to support wireless functionality.
In this case, you would use the following:
RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "<wireless_package_name>"
In the example, the package name
(${PN}-dev
)
must appear as it would in the
PACKAGES
namespace before any renaming of the output package by
classes such as debian.bbclass
.
BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
specifying versioned recommends.
Although the syntax varies depending on the packaging
format, BitBake hides these differences from you.
Here is the general syntax to specify versions with
the RRECOMMENDS
variable:
RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "<package> (<operator> <version>)"
For operator
, you can specify the
following:
= < > <= >=
For example, the following sets up a recommend on version
1.2 or greater of the package foo
:
RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
A list of packages replaced by a package.
The package manager uses this variable to determine which
package should be installed to replace other package(s)
during an upgrade.
In order to also have the other package(s) removed at the
same time, you must add the name of the other
package to the
RCONFLICTS
variable.
As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:
RREPLACES_${PN} = "other-package-being-replaced"
BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
specifying versioned replacements.
Although the syntax varies depending on the packaging
format, BitBake hides these differences from you.
Here is the general syntax to specify versions with
the RREPLACES
variable:
RREPLACES_${PN} = "<package> (<operator> <version>)"
For operator
, you can specify the
following:
= < > <= >=
For example, the following sets up a replacement using
version 1.2 or greater of the package
foo
:
RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all package managers support this functionality.
As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:
RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful-package another-package"
The location in the
Build Directory
where unpacked recipe source code resides.
This location is within the work directory
(WORKDIR
),
which is not static.
The unpacked source location depends on the recipe name
(PN
) and
recipe version
(PV
) as
follows:
${WORKDIR}/${PN}-${PV}
As an example, assume a
Source Directory
top-level folder named poky
and a
default Build Directory at poky/build
.
In this case, the work directory the build system uses
to keep the unpacked recipe for db
is the following:
poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19
A list of the host distribution identifiers that the
build system has been tested against.
Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID
followed by the release,
as reported by the lsb_release
tool
or as read from /etc/lsb-release
.
Separate the list items with explicit newline
characters (\n
).
If SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS
is not empty
and the current value of
NATIVELSBSTRING
does not appear in the list, then the build system reports
a warning that indicates the current host distribution has
not been tested as a build host.
The target architecture for the SDK.
Typically, you do not directly set this variable.
Instead, use
SDKMACHINE
.
The directory set up and used by the
populate_sdk_base
to which the SDK is deployed.
The populate_sdk_base
class defines
SDK_DEPLOY
as follows:
SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk"
The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system
when creating SDK output.
The
populate_sdk_base
class defines the variable as follows:
SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR
}/sdk"
SDK_DIR
directory is a
temporary directory as it is part of
WORKDIR
.
The final output directory is
SDK_DEPLOY
.
The base name for SDK output files.
The name is derived from the
DISTRO
,
TCLIBC
,
SDK_ARCH
,
IMAGE_BASENAME
,
and
TUNE_PKGARCH
variables:
SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}"
The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when
creating SDK output.
The
populate_sdk_base
class defines the variable as follows:
SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image"
SDK_OUTPUT
directory is a
temporary directory as it is part of
WORKDIR
by way of
SDK_DIR
.
The final output directory is
SDK_DEPLOY
.
Equivalent to
IMAGE_FEATURES
.
However, this variable applies to the SDK generated from an
image using the following command:
$ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
The architecture of the machine that runs Application Development Toolkit (ADT) items. In other words, packages are built so that they will run on the target you specify with the argument. This implies that you can build out ADT/SDK items that run on an architecture other than that of your build host. For example, you can use an x86_64-based build host to create packages that will run on an i686-based SDK Machine.
You can use "i686" and "x86_64" as possible values for this
variable.
The variable defaults to "i686" and is set in the
local.conf
file in the
Build Directory.
SDKMACHINE ?= "i686"
SDKMACHINE
variable in your distribution configuration file.
If you do, the configuration will not take affect.
Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's installation script. You can override the offered path when you run the script.
The section in which packages should be categorized. Package management utilities can make use of this variable.
The variable takes the value of
FULL_OPTIMIZATION
unless DEBUG_BUILD
= "1".
In this case the value of
DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION
is used.
Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using getty. Provide a value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device:
SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0"
Defines the serial consoles (TTYs) to enable using getty. Provide a value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices:
SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1"
Similar to
SERIAL_CONSOLES
except the device is checked for existence before attempting
to enable it.
This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit
(i.e. not with systemd).
A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from another recipe. For example:
SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2"
In this example, intone
depends on
mplayer2
.
Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes.
A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change. The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes.
Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value should be either "32" or "64".
Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian.
Groups together machines based upon the same family
of SOC (System On Chip).
You typically set this variable in a common
.inc
file that you include in the
configuration files of all the machines.
conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc
for this variable to appear in
MACHINEOVERRIDES
.
Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the
target platform.
By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based
systems and is defined in the
meta/conf/bitbake.conf
configuration
file.
You will see this variable referenced in the default values
of FILES_${PN}
.
Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link
(symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform.
By default, this suffix is ".so" for Linux-based
systems and is defined in the
meta/conf/bitbake.conf
configuration
file.
You will see this variable referenced in the default values
of FILES_${PN}-dev
.
Defines your own
PREMIRRORS
from which to first fetch source before attempting to fetch
from the upstream specified in
SRC_URI
.
To use this variable, you must globally inherit the
own-mirrors
class and then provide the URL to your mirrors.
Here is an example:
INHERIT += "own-mirrors" SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my-source-mirror"
SOURCE_MIRROR_URL
.
Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts
found in meta/files/common-licenses/
.
For the default SPDXLICENSEMAP
mappings, see the
meta/conf/licenses.conf
file.
For additional information, see the
LICENSE
variable.
A list of prefixes for PN
used by the
OpenEmbedded build system to create variants of recipes or packages.
The list specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances
such as the generation of the BPN
variable.
The list of source files - local or remote.
This variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system which bits
to pull in for the build and how to pull them in.
For example, if the recipe or append file only needs to
fetch a tarball from the Internet, the recipe or
append file uses a single SRC_URI
entry.
On the other hand, if the recipe or append file needs to
fetch a tarball, apply two patches, and include a custom
file, the recipe or append file would include four
instances of the variable.
The following list explains the available URI protocols:
file://
-
Fetches files, which are usually files shipped with
the
Metadata,
from the local machine.
The path is relative to the
FILESPATH
variable.
Thus, the build system searches, in order, from the
following directories, which are assumed to be a
subdirectories of the directory in which the
recipe file (.bb
) or
append file (.bbappend
)
resides:
${BPN}
-
The base recipe name without any special
suffix or version numbers.
${BP}
-
${BPN}-${PV}
.
The base recipe name and version but without
any special package name suffix.
files -
Files within a directory, which is named
files
and is also
alongside the recipe or append file.
SRC_URI
statement from your append file, you need to be
sure to extend the
FILESPATH
variable by also using the
FILESEXTRAPATHS
variable from within your append file.
bzr://
- Fetches files from a
Bazaar revision control repository.
git://
- Fetches files from a
Git revision control repository.
osc://
- Fetches files from
an OSC (OpenSUSE Build service) revision control repository.
repo://
- Fetches files from
a repo (Git) repository.
svk://
- Fetches files from
an SVK revision control repository.
http://
- Fetches files from
the Internet using http
.
https://
- Fetches files
from the Internet using https
.
ftp://
- Fetches files
from the Internet using ftp
.
cvs://
- Fetches files from
a CVS revision control repository.
hg://
- Fetches files from
a Mercurial (hg
) revision control repository.
p4://
- Fetches files from
a Perforce (p4
) revision control repository.
ssh://
- Fetches files from
a secure shell.
svn://
- Fetches files from
a Subversion (svn
) revision control repository.
Standard and recipe-specific options for SRC_URI
exist.
Here are standard options:
apply
- Whether to apply
the patch or not.
The default action is to apply the patch.
striplevel
- Which
striplevel to use when applying the patch.
The default level is 1.
patchdir
- Specifies
the directory in which the patch should be applied.
The default is ${
S
}
.
Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision control system:
mindate
-
Apply the patch only if
SRCDATE
is equal to or greater than mindate
.
maxdate
-
Apply the patch only if SRCDATE
is not later than mindate
.
minrev
-
Apply the patch only if SRCREV
is equal to or greater than minrev
.
maxrev
-
Apply the patch only if SRCREV
is not later than maxrev
.
rev
-
Apply the patch only if SRCREV
is equal to rev
.
notrev
-
Apply the patch only if SRCREV
is not equal to rev
.
Here are some additional options worth mentioning:
unpack
- Controls
whether or not to unpack the file if it is an archive.
The default action is to unpack the file.
subdir
- Places the file
(or extracts its contents) into the specified
subdirectory of WORKDIR
.
This option is useful for unusual tarballs or other archives that
do not have their files already in a subdirectory within the archive.
name
- Specifies a
name to be used for association with SRC_URI
checksums
when you have more than one file specified in SRC_URI
.
downloadfilename
- Specifies
the filename used when storing the downloaded file.
By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects whether
SRC_URI
contains files that are machine-specific.
If so, the build system automatically changes
PACKAGE_ARCH
.
Setting this variable to "0" disables this behavior.
The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager (SCM).
Returns the version string of the current package.
This string is used to help define the value of
PV
.
The SRCPV
variable is defined in the
meta/conf/bitbake.conf
configuration
file in the
Source Directory
as follows:
SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}"
Recipes that need to define PV
do so
with the help of the SRCPV
.
For example, the ofono
recipe
(ofono_git.bb
) located in
meta/recipes-connectivity
in the
Source Directory defines PV
as
follows:
PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}"
The revision of the source code used to build the package.
This variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial and Bazaar
only.
Note that if you wish to build a fixed revision and you wish
to avoid performing a query on the remote repository every time
BitBake parses your recipe, you should specify a SRCREV
that is a
full revision identifier and not just a tag.
The directory for the shared state cache.
Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other
mirror locations for prebuilt cache data objects before
building out the data.
This variable works like fetcher
MIRRORS
and PREMIRRORS
and points to the cache locations to check for the shared
objects.
You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache you point to can also be from builds on other machines.
If a mirror uses the same structure as
SSTATE_DIR
,
you need to add
"PATH" at the end as shown in the examples below.
The build system substitutes the correct path within the
directory structure.
SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\ file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH \n \ file://.* file:///some/local/dir/sstate/PATH"
The directory with kernel headers that are required to build out-of-tree modules.
Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files.
The path to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this
string and then appending additional information.
Currently, the default assignment for STAMP
as set in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf
file
is:
STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}"
See STAMPS_DIR
,
MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS
,
PN
,
EXTENDPE
,
PV
, and
PR
for related variable
information.
Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded
build system places stamps.
The default directory is
${TMPDIR}/stamps
.
The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for packaging
systems such as opkg
, rpm
or
dpkg
.
By default, SUMMARY
is used to define
the DESCRIPTION
variable if DESCRIPTION
is not set
in the recipe.
Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as follows where "X" is the console number you want to use:
SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX"
The
syslinux
class initially sets this variable to null but then checks
for a value later.
Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file.
You need to set this variable in your recipe.
If you want to list multiple options, separate the options
with a semicolon character (;
).
The
syslinux
class uses this variable to create a set of options.
Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off.
To turn off serial, set this variable to an empty string
in your recipe.
The variable's default value is set in the
syslinux
as follows:
SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200"
The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
An .LSS
file used as the background
for the VGA boot menu when you are using the boot menu.
You need to set this variable in your recipe.
The
syslinux
class checks for this variable and if found, the
OpenEmbedded build system installs the splash screen.
Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument.
The variable's default value is set in the
syslinux
as follows:
SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200"
The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files.
For recipes that inherit the
systemd
class, this variable specifies whether the service you have
specified in
SYSTEMD_SERVICE
should be started automatically or not.
By default, the service is enabled to automatically start
at boot time.
The default setting is in the
systemd
class as follows:
SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable"
You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable".
For recipes that inherit the
systemd
class, this variable locates the systemd unit files when
they are not found in the main recipe's package.
By default, the
SYSTEMD_PACKAGES
variable is set
such that the systemd unit files are assumed to reside in
the recipes main package:
SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}"
If these unit files are not in this recipe's main
package, you need to use
SYSTEMD_PACKAGES
to list the package
or packages in which the build system can find the systemd
unit files.
For recipes that inherit the
systemd
class, this variable specifies the systemd service name for
a package.
When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is an example from the connman recipe:
SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service"
This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows:
T = "${WORKDIR}/temp"
The WORKDIR
is the directory into which BitBake unpacks and builds the
recipe.
The default bitbake.conf
file sets this variable.
The T
variable is not to be confused with
the TMPDIR
variable,
which points to the root of the directory tree where BitBake
places the output of an entire build.
The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is configurable:
arm i586 x86_64 powerpc powerpc64 mips mipsel
Flags passed to the C compiler for the target system.
This variable evaluates to the same as
CFLAGS
.
Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets, which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance penalty.
Specifies the target's operating system.
The variable can be set to "linux" for eglibc
-based systems and
to "linux-uclibc" for uclibc
.
For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and
"linux-uclibc-gnueabi" values possible.
Specifies the GNU standard C library (libc
)
variant to use during the build process.
This variable replaces POKYLIBC
, which is no longer
supported.
You can select "eglibc" or "uclibc".
glibc
implementation of libc
.
Specifies the toolchain selector.
TCMODE
controls the characteristics
of the generated packages and images by telling the
OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use.
By default, the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own
internal toolchain.
The variable's default value is "default", which uses
that internal toolchain.
TCMODE
is set to a value
other than "default", then it is your responsibility
to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the
default toolchain.
Using older or newer versions of these components
might cause build problems.
See the
Release Notes
for the specific components with which the toolchain
must be compatible.
With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled
external toolchain.
One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain.
The support for this toolchain resides in the separate
meta-sourcery
layer at
http://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/.
You can use meta-sourcery
as a
template for adding support for other external toolchains.
The TCMODE
variable points the build
system to a file in
conf/distro/include/tcmode-${TCMODE}.inc
.
Thus, for meta-sourcery
,
which has conf/distro/include/tcmode-external-sourcery.inc
,
you would set the variable as follows:
TCMODE ?= "external-sourcery"
The variable is similar to
TCLIBC
,
which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library
(libc
) used during the build process:
eglibc
or uclibc
.
The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export
tests when the
TEST_EXPORT_ONLY
variable is set to "1".
The TEST_EXPORT_DIR
variable defaults
to "${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"
.
Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a manner that you to run them outside of the build system.
Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an image is successfully built.
These tests are written in Python making use of the
unittest
module, and the majority of
them run commands on the target system over
ssh
.
You can set this variable to "1" in your
local.conf
file in the
Build Directory
to have the OpenEmbedded build system automatically run
these tests after an image successfully builds:
TEST_IMAGE = "1"
For more information on enabling, running, and writing
these tests, see the
"Performing Automated Runtime Testing"
section in the Yocto Project Development Manual and the
"testimage.bbclass
"
section.
Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines.
The TEST_LOG_DIR
variable defaults
to "${WORKDIR}/testimage"
.
log.do_testimage
), which is in
the ${WORKDIR}/temp/
directory.
The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before
automated runtime tests begin to run against an
image.
The default timeout period to allow the boot process to
reach the login prompt is 500 seconds.
You can specify a different value in the
local.conf
file.
For more information on testing images, see the "Performing Automated Runtime Testing" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e. where the build is taking place).
TEST_SERVER_IP
variable
is only used for a small number of tests such as
the "smart" test suite, which needs to download
packages from DEPLOY_DIR/rpm
.
Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a test image. The default controller to use is "qemu":
TEST_TARGET = "qemu"
A target controller is a class that defines how an
image gets deployed on a target and how a target is started.
A layer can extend the controllers by adding a module
in the layer's /lib/oeqa/controllers
directory and by inheriting the
BaseTarget
class, which is an abstract
class that cannot be used as a value of
TEST_TARGET
.
You can provide the following arguments with
TEST_TARGET
:
"qemu" and "QemuTarget": Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the "Enabling Runtime Tests on QEMU" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual for more information.
"simpleremote" and "SimpleRemoteTarget":
Runs the tests on target hardware that is already
up and running.
The hardware can be on the network or it can be
a device running an image on QEMU.
You must also set
TEST_TARGET_IP
when you use "simpleremote" or "SimpleRemoteTarget".
meta/lib/oeqa/targetcontrol.py
.
The small caps names are kept for compatibility
reasons.
"GummibootTarget": Automatically deploys and runs tests on an EFI-enabled machine that has a master image installed.
meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/masterimage.py
.
For information on running tests on hardware, see the "Enabling Runtime Tests on Hardware" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The IP address of your hardware under test.
The TEST_TARGET_IP
variable has no
effect when
TEST_TARGET
is set to "qemu".
When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is an example:
TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201"
Specifying a port is useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address translation.
An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when performing automated runtime testing.
The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can be used against images.
Tests include ping
,
ssh
, df
among
others.
You can add your own tests to the list of tests by
appending TEST_SUITES
as follows:
TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest"
Alternatively, you can provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against the image.
TEST_SUITES_append = " auto"
Using this option causes the build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped.
The order in which tests are run is important.
Tests that depend on another test must appear later in the
list than the test on which they depend.
For example, if you append the list of tests with two
tests (test_A
and
test_B
) where
test_B
is dependent on
test_A
, then you must order the tests
as follows:
TEST_SUITES = " test_A test_B"
For more information on testing images, see the "Performing Automated Runtime Testing" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is located. Do not manually set this variable.
This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded
build system uses for all build output and intermediate
files (other than the shared state cache).
By default, the TMPDIR
variable points
to tmp
within the
Build Directory.
If you want to establish this directory in a location other
than the default, you can uncomment and edit the following
statement in the
conf/local.conf
file in the
Source Directory:
#TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp"
An example use for this scenario is to set
TMPDIR
to a local disk, which does
not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS.
The filesystem used by TMPDIR
must
have standard filesystem semantics (i.e. mixed-case files
are unique, POSIX file locking, and persistent inodes).
Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some
implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum
requirement.
Consequently, TMPDIR
cannot be on
NFS.
This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system
uses when building an SDK, which contains a
cross-development environment.
The packages specified by this variable are part of the
toolchain set that runs on the
SDKMACHINE
,
and each package should usually have the prefix
"nativesdk-".
When building an SDK using
bitbake -c populate_sdk <imagename>
,
a default list of packages is set in this variable, but
you can add additional packages to the list.
For background information on cross-development toolchains in the Yocto Project development environment, see the "Cross-Development Toolchain Generation" section. For information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the "Installing the ADT and Toolchains" section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.
This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the target hardware), which includes libraries and headers.
For background information on cross-development toolchains in the Yocto Project development environment, see the "Cross-Development Toolchain Generation" section. For information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the "Installing the ADT and Toolchains" section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.
The top-level
Build Directory.
BitBake automatically sets this variable when you
initialize your build environment using either
oe-init-build-env
or
oe-init-build-env-memres
.
A sanitized version of
TARGET_ARCH
.
This variable is used where the architecture is needed in
a value where underscores are not allowed, for example
within package filenames.
In this case, dash characters replace any underscore
characters used in TARGET_ARCH.
Do not edit this variable.
The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages.
Configures the
UBOOT_MACHINE
and can also define
IMAGE_FSTYPES
for individual cases.
Following is an example from the
meta-fsl-arm
layer.
UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd" UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard" UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config" UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs" UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config"
In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration
of the possible four for the
UBOOT_MACHINE
.
The "sd" configuration defines "mx6qsabreauto_config"
as the value for UBOOT_MACHINE
, while
the "sdcard" specifies the
IMAGE_FSTYPES
to use for the U-boot
image.
For more information on how the
UBOOT_CONFIG
is handled, see the
uboot-config
class.
Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image.
During U-Boot image creation, the
UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT
variable is passed
as a command-line parameter to the
uboot-mkimage
utility.
Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image.
During U-Boot image creation, the
UBOOT_LOADADDRESS
variable is passed
as a command-line parameter to the
uboot-mkimage
utility.
Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built was "2013.10, the full version string reported by U-Boot would be "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement:
UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto"
Specifies the value passed on the
make
command line when building
a U-Boot image.
The value indicates the target platform configuration.
You typically set this variable from the machine
configuration file (i.e.
conf/machine/<machine_name>.conf
).
Specifies the target called in the
Makefile
.
The default target is "all".
Points to the generated U-Boot extension.
For example, u-boot.sb
has a
.sb
extension.
The default U-Boot extension is
.bin
Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building process.
A list of classes to globally inherit.
These classes are used by the OpenEmbedded build system
to enable extra features (e.g.
buildstats
,
image-mklibs
, and so forth).
The default list is set in your
local.conf
file:
USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink"
For more information, see
meta-yocto/conf/local.conf.sample
in
the
Source Directory.
Forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce an error
if the user identification (uid
) and
group identification (gid
) values
are not defined in files/passwd
and files/group
files.
The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically
apply uid
and
gid
values.
Consequently, the USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC
variable is by default not set.
If you plan on using statically assigned
gid
and uid
values, you should set
the USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC
variable in
your local.conf
file as
follows:
USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "1"
Overriding the default behavior implies you are going to
also take steps to set static uid
and
gid
values through use of the
USERADDEXTENSION
,
USERADD_UID_TABLES
,
and
USERADD_GID_TABLES
variables.
Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static
group identification (gid
) values
when the OpenEmbedded build system adds a group to the
system during package installation.
When applying static group identification
(gid
) values, the OpenEmbedded build
system looks in
BBPATH
for a files/group
file and then applies
those uid
values.
Set the variable as follows in your
local.conf
file:
USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group"
USERADDEXTENSION
variable to "useradd-staticids" causes the build system
to use static gid
values.
Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static
user identification (uid
) values
when the OpenEmbedded build system adds a user to the
system during package installation.
When applying static user identification
(uid
) values, the OpenEmbedded build
system looks in
BBPATH
for a files/passwd
file and then applies
those uid
values.
Set the variable as follows in your
local.conf
file:
USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd"
USERADDEXTENSION
variable to "useradd-staticids" causes the build system
to use static uid
values.
When a recipe inherits the
useradd
class, this variable
specifies the individual packages within the recipe that
require users and/or groups to be added.
You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in a recipe:
USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}"
USERADD_PACKAGES
variable,
you need to set one or more of the
USERADD_PARAM
,
GROUPADD_PARAM
,
or
GROUPMEMS_PARAM
variables.
When a recipe inherits the
useradd
class, this variable
specifies for a package what parameters should be passed
to the useradd
command
if you wish to add a user to the system when the package
is installed.
Here is an example from the dbus
recipe:
USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \ --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \ --user-group messagebus"
For information on the standard Linux shell command
useradd
, see
http://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd.
When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the
OpenEmbedded build system to base all user and group
additions on a static
passwd
and
group
files found in
BBPATH
.
To use static user identification (uid
)
and group identification (gid
)
values, set the variable
as follows in your local.conf
file:
USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids"
uid
and gid
values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ
the
useradd-staticids
class.
If you use static uid
and
gid
information, you must also
specify the files/passwd
and
files/group
files by setting the
USERADD_UID_TABLES
and
USERADD_GID_TABLES
variables.
Additionally, you should also set the
USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC
variable.
Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are
reported as warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system.
You set this variable in your distribution configuration
file.
For a list of the checks you can control with this variable,
see the
"insane.bbclass
"
section.
The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded
build system builds a recipe.
This directory is located within the
TMPDIR
directory structure and is specific to the recipe being
built and the system for which it is being built.
The WORKDIR
directory is defined as
follows:
${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
The actual directory depends on several things:
As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder
name poky
, a default Build Directory at
poky/build
, and a
qemux86-poky-linux
machine target
system.
Furthermore, suppose your recipe is named
foo_1.3.0-r0.bb
.
In this case, the work directory the build system uses to
build the package would be as follows:
poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0
Table of Contents
While you can use most variables in almost any context such as
.conf
, .bbclass
,
.inc
, and .bb
files,
some variables are often associated with a particular locality or context.
This chapter describes some common associations.
The following subsections provide lists of variables whose context is configuration: distribution, machine, and local.
This section lists variables whose configuration context is the distribution, or distro.
This section lists variables whose configuration context is the machine.
This section lists variables whose configuration context is the
local configuration through the local.conf
file.
The following subsections provide lists of variables whose context is recipes: required, dependencies, path, and extra build information.
This section lists variables that are required for recipes.
SRC_URI
- used
in recipes that fetch local or remote files.
This section lists variables that define recipe dependencies.
This section lists variables that define extra build information for recipes.
12.1. | How does Poky differ from OpenEmbedded? |
The term "Poky" refers to the specific reference build system that the Yocto Project provides. Poky is based on OE-Core and BitBake. Thus, the generic term used here for the build system is the "OpenEmbedded build system." Development in the Yocto Project using Poky is closely tied to OpenEmbedded, with changes always being merged to OE-Core or BitBake first before being pulled back into Poky. This practice benefits both projects immediately. | |
12.2. | My development system does not meet the required Git, tar, and Python versions. In particular, I do not have Python 2.7.3 or greater, or I do have Python 3.x, which is specifically not supported by the Yocto Project. Can I still use the Yocto Project? |
You can get the required tools on your host development system a couple different ways (i.e. building a tarball or downloading a tarball). See the "Required Git, tar, and Python Versions" section for steps on how to update your build tools. | |
12.3. | How can you claim Poky / OpenEmbedded-Core is stable? |
There are three areas that help with stability;
| |
12.4. | How do I get support for my board added to the Yocto Project? |
Support for an additional board is added by creating a Board Support Package (BSP) layer for it. For more information on how to create a BSP layer, see the "Understanding and Creating Layers" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual and the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide. Usually, if the board is not completely exotic, adding support in the Yocto Project is fairly straightforward. | |
12.5. | Are there any products built using the OpenEmbedded build system? |
The software running on the Vernier LabQuest is built using the OpenEmbedded build system. See the Vernier LabQuest website for more information. There are a number of pre-production devices using the OpenEmbedded build system and the Yocto Project team announces them as soon as they are released. | |
12.6. | What does the OpenEmbedded build system produce as output? |
Because you can use the same set of recipes to create output of various formats, the output of an OpenEmbedded build depends on how you start it. Usually, the output is a flashable image ready for the target device. | |
12.7. | How do I add my package to the Yocto Project? |
To add a package, you need to create a BitBake recipe. For information on how to create a BitBake recipe, see the "Writing a New Recipe" in the Yocto Project Development Manual. | |
12.8. | Do I have to reflash my entire board with a new Yocto Project image when recompiling a package? |
The OpenEmbedded build system can build packages in various
formats such as IPK for OPKG, Debian package
( | |
12.9. | What is GNOME Mobile and what is the difference between GNOME Mobile and GNOME? |
GNOME Mobile is a subset of the GNOME platform targeted at mobile and embedded devices. The main difference between GNOME Mobile and standard GNOME is that desktop-orientated libraries have been removed, along with deprecated libraries, creating a much smaller footprint. | |
12.10. |
I see the error ' |
You are probably running the build on an NTFS filesystem.
Use | |
12.11. |
I see lots of 404 responses for files on
|
Nothing is wrong. The OpenEmbedded build system checks any configured source mirrors before downloading from the upstream sources. The build system does this searching for both source archives and pre-checked out versions of SCM-managed software. These checks help in large installations because it can reduce load on the SCM servers themselves. The address above is one of the default mirrors configured into the build system. Consequently, if an upstream source disappears, the team can place sources there so builds continue to work. | |
12.12. | I have machine-specific data in a package for one machine only but the package is being marked as machine-specific in all cases, how do I prevent this? |
Set | |
12.13. | I'm behind a firewall and need to use a proxy server. How do I do that? |
Most source fetching by the OpenEmbedded build system is done by http_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/ ftp_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
The Yocto Project also includes a
| |
12.14. |
What’s the difference between |
The | |
12.15. | I'm seeing random build failures. Help?! |
If the same build is failing in totally different and random ways, the most likely explanation is:
The OpenEmbedded build system processes a massive amount of data that causes lots of network, disk and CPU activity and is sensitive to even single-bit failures in any of these areas. True random failures have always been traced back to hardware or virtualization issues. | |
12.16. | What do we need to ship for license compliance? |
This is a difficult question and you need to consult your lawyer for the answer for your specific case. It is worth bearing in mind that for GPL compliance, there needs to be enough information shipped to allow someone else to rebuild and produce the same end result you are shipping. This means sharing the source code, any patches applied to it, and also any configuration information about how that package was configured and built. You can find more information on licensing in the "Licensing" and "Maintaining Open Source License Compliance During Your Product's Lifecycle" sections, both of which are in the Yocto Project Development Manual. | |
12.17. | How do I disable the cursor on my touchscreen device? |
You need to create a form factor file as described in the
"Miscellaneous BSP-Specific Recipe Files"
section in the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP)
Developer's Guide.
Set the HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN=1
| |
12.18. | How do I make sure connected network interfaces are brought up by default? |
The default interfaces file provided by the netbase recipe does not automatically bring up network interfaces. Therefore, you will need to add a BSP-specific netbase that includes an interfaces file. See the "Miscellaneous BSP-Specific Recipe Files" section in the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP) Developer's Guide for information on creating these types of miscellaneous recipe files. For example, add the following files to your layer: meta-MACHINE/recipes-bsp/netbase/netbase/MACHINE/interfaces meta-MACHINE/recipes-bsp/netbase/netbase_5.0.bbappend
| |
12.19. | How do I create images with more free space? |
By default, the OpenEmbedded build system creates images that are 1.3 times the size of the populated root filesystem. To affect the image size, you need to set various configurations:
| |
12.20. | Why don't you support directories with spaces in the pathnames? |
The Yocto Project team has tried to do this before but too
many of the tools the OpenEmbedded build system depends on,
such as | |
12.21. | How do I use an external toolchain? |
The toolchain configuration is very flexible and customizable.
It is primarily controlled with the
The default value of
In addition to the toolchain configuration, you also need a
corresponding toolchain recipe file.
This recipe file needs to package up any pre-built objects in
the toolchain such as | |
12.22. | How does the OpenEmbedded build system obtain source code and will it work behind my firewall or proxy server? |
The way the build system obtains source code is highly configurable. You can setup the build system to get source code in most environments if HTTP transport is available.
When the build system searches for source code, it first
tries the local download directory.
If that location fails, Poky tries
Assuming your distribution is "poky", the OpenEmbedded build
system uses the Yocto Project source
As an example, you could add a specific server for the
build system to attempt before any others by adding something
like the following to the PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\ git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n"
These changes cause the build system to intercept Git, FTP,
HTTP, and HTTPS requests and direct them to the
Aside from the previous technique, these options also exist: BB_NO_NETWORK = "1" This statement tells BitBake to issue an error instead of trying to access the Internet. This technique is useful if you want to ensure code builds only from local sources. Here is another technique: BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY = "1"
This statement limits the build system to pulling source
from the Here is another technique: BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" This statement tells the build system to generate mirror tarballs. This technique is useful if you want to create a mirror server. If not, however, the technique can simply waste time during the build.
Finally, consider an example where you are behind an
HTTP-only firewall.
You could make the following changes to the
PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\ ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n" BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY = "1"
These changes would cause the build system to successfully
fetch source over HTTP and any network accesses to anything
other than the
The build system also honors the standard shell environment
variables | |
12.23. | Can I get rid of build output so I can start over? |
Yes - you can easily do this.
When you use BitBake to build an image, all the build output
goes into the directory created when you run the
build environment setup script (i.e.
Within the Build Directory, is the |
Table of Contents
The Yocto Project team is happy for people to experiment with the Yocto Project. A number of places exist to find help if you run into difficulties or find bugs. To find out how to download source code, see the "Yocto Project Release" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.
If you find problems with the Yocto Project, you should report them using the Bugzilla application at http://bugzilla.yoctoproject.org.
A number of mailing lists maintained by the Yocto Project exist as well as related OpenEmbedded mailing lists for discussion, patch submission and announcements. To subscribe to one of the following mailing lists, click on the appropriate URL in the following list and follow the instructions:
http://lists.yoctoproject.org/listinfo/yocto - General Yocto Project discussion mailing list.
http://lists.openembedded.org/mailman/listinfo/openembedded-core - Discussion mailing list about OpenEmbedded-Core (the core metadata).
http://lists.openembedded.org/mailman/listinfo/openembedded-devel - Discussion mailing list about OpenEmbedded.
http://lists.openembedded.org/mailman/listinfo/bitbake-devel - Discussion mailing list about the BitBake build tool.
http://lists.yoctoproject.org/listinfo/poky - Discussion mailing list about Poky.
http://lists.yoctoproject.org/listinfo/yocto-announce - Mailing list to receive official Yocto Project release and milestone announcements.
Two IRC channels on freenode are available for the Yocto Project and Poky discussions:
#yocto
#poky
Here is a list of resources you will find helpful:
The Yocto Project website: The home site for the Yocto Project.
Intel Corporation: The company who acquired OpenedHand in 2008 and began development on the Yocto Project.
OpenEmbedded: The upstream, generic, embedded distribution used as the basis for the build system in the Yocto Project. Poky derives from and contributes back to the OpenEmbedded project.
BitBake: The tool used to process metadata.
BitBake User Manual:
A comprehensive guide to the BitBake tool.
In the
Source Directory,
you can find the BitBake User Manual in the
bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual
directory.
QEMU: An open source machine emulator and virtualizer.
The Yocto Project gladly accepts contributions. You can submit changes to the project either by creating and sending pull requests, or by submitting patches through email. For information on how to do both as well as information on how to find out who is the maintainer for areas of code, see the "How to Submit a Change" section in the Yocto Project Development Manual.